210
‘WE ARE WALKING NUGGETS AND MAGNETS!’ HUMAN HOLONS HUMAN HOLONS POWER-PACKED SYNERGIES By Ed Aurelio C. Reyes [This was developed from a paper presented at the Lambat-Liwanag Conference on Synergism in Total Human Development held at the Asian Social Institute, Manila, on January 29, 2003, under the joint auspices of the Lambat-Liwanag Network of Empowering Paradigms, First Asia Institute of Technology and the Humanities (FAITH) in Tanauan City, Batangas, and ASI. ] 1

The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

‘WE ARE WALKING NUGGETS AND MAGNETS!’

HUMAN HOLONSHUMAN HOLONSPOWER-PACKED SYNERGIES

By Ed Aurelio C. Reyes[This was developed from a paper presented at the Lambat-Liwanag Conference on Synergism in Total Human Development held at the Asian Social Institute, Manila, on January 29, 2003, under the joint auspices of the Lambat-Liwanag Network of Empowering Paradigms, First Asia Institute of Technology and the Humanities (FAITH) in Tanauan City, Batangas, and ASI. ]

Jointly Published by the SanibLakas ng Taongbayan Foundation and the

International Academy of Management and Economics (I/AME) Manila, Philippines

2009HUMAN HOLONS: Power-Packed Synergies

1

Page 2: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Pilot EditionFirst Printing, 2003

Second Printing, 2004First Regular Edition

First Printing, 2009

© Philippine Copyright by Ed Aurelio C. Reyes

Materials in this book may be reproduced in full or in substantial excerpts upon the written permission from the copyright holder. Short passages from this text may be excerpted without written permission provided that all quotes are correct, placed in the proper context and properly identified with the full title and the name of the author of the material and the publisher.

The Cover:The cover shows the Human Holon, as a synergized whole of three parts or dimensions: Spirit (represented by the circular version of the logo of the SanibLakas LightShare Program, the Mind represented by the Holistic Health logo from the SanibLakas-published Seven Flames of Holistic Synergies, showing chakras, aura and mer-ka-ba, as designed by Ding Reyes and Vivien Virata; and the physical Body from the classic drawing by Leonardo Da Vinci. At the same time, the triune figure is framed by the shape of a jigsaw puzzle piece, indicating that the Human is also a part of a grander synergetic whole. Cover design and execution by Ding Reyes.

The Author:

Ed Aurelio C. Reyes, also known as Ding: Professor in Applied Cosmic Anthropology, Asian Social Institute, Manila; Founding President, SanibLakas ng Taongbayan Foundation; Consultant (formerly founding Convenor), Lambat-Liwanag Network of Centers for Empowering Paradigms; Convenor, Katipunang DakiLahi Movement for National Synergy-Building; Convenor, Love Life Philippines Campaign and Services Network; and Founder, Kampanya para sa Kamalayan sa Kasaysayan (Kamalaysayan); among many other engagements.

PrayerOur Divine Parent,Holy be Your Name, Your kingdom come,You will be done on Earth as it is in Heaven.

Give us today our bread for today,And forgive us our sins,As we forgive those who sin against us,Do not bring us to the testBut deliver us from All alienation and separation from You And from one another.

Amen

2

Page 3: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

CONTENTSAuthor’s Introduction: Words, Words, Words!!!Group of Consistently-Active SynergizersPersonal Study and a Personal WishCollecting, Synergizing ExperiencesCrucially Vital AssertionNot for a Forced Readership

PART ONE: Holons and SynergismChapter 1. Synergism in Etymologies and Metaphors

1. Word Origins 2. Metaphors for Synergism: a. The Broom and the Mat

b. Schools of Fish and Formation Flyingc. The Jigsaw Puzzled. Gravity

e. Magnets 3. Definitions of Synergism 4. How Does It Work? 5. Synergism Manifestations and Applications 6. Universal Preponderance

Chapter 2. Part and Whole: The Synergy Factor in Holarchies

1. Holon: Part/Whole 2. Diversities and Commonalities 3. Synergism as Crucial Factor in Holarchies 4. Layers of Information in Holography 5. Holon Quadrants in Evolution of Human Dynamics 6. Synergism as Reward for Re-membering?

PART TWO: Synergy of Person DimensionsChapter 3. The Live Body—A Synergy of Active Systems 1. A Crucially Vital Connection 2. The Silent Synergy

3. Dead Cells and Living Things 4. The Whole World Alive 5. ‘Electrochemical Machine’

Chapter 4. Mind—Comprehending and Appreciating Experiences 1. The Energy-Ethereal Body 2. Synergetic Accumulation of Individual Thoughts 3. Synergetic Accumulation of Collective (Social) Thoughts 4. The Empowering Paradigms 5. ImmeasurableValue of the Learning Process 6. A Dialogue on Reality 7. The Psychic and the Spiritual 8. ‘To be is to do’: Awareness Growing ‘Taller’

Chapter 5. Spirit— The Real Self 1. Metaphor of the Pencil 2. Spirituality and Religion 3. Incarnation or ‘Ensoulment’? 4. Metaphors from Computers and Astronaut Systems 5. Evil and the Ego 6. Earth Life as Practicum of the Soul 7. Character Confronts Circumstance 8. Creation’s Self-Appreciation

PART THREE: Joined in Grander Synergies Chapter 6. Intimate Personal Bondings 1. Love—It’s All there is 2. Intimate Personal Bonds—Families and Friendships 3. A Heartwarming Case Study

Chapter 7. Gender Harmony 1. Gender Harmony as Paradigm for Empowerment 2. Parental Teamwork: A Challenge 3. The Feminine Principle 4. Counterproductive excesses 5. The Vision

Chapter 8 Deep Ecology, Harmony with Nature 1. Dependence and Destruction

3

Page 4: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

2. Rays of Hope 3. Synergize the Local Movements!

Chapter 9: Stable Tripod for Sustainable Development: C-N-E Resources in Associative Economics 1. A Bold Indictment from a Non-Economist 2. Separativeness is Ignorance 3. Three Types of Real Resources 4. Reviewing the Meaning of ‘Development’ 5. Building-Block Synergies in Associative Economics

Chapter 10. Trans-Generational Bonding 1. Mandates and Accountabilities in the Flow. 2. Synergies from Shared Evolution

Chapter 11. Governance and Social Development 1. Basics of Governance and Politics. 2. The Holarchies of Governance 3. People’s Self-Empowerment

Chapter 12. Healthy Organizations & True Leadership 1. Essence of Organizations 2. Synergism Leadership: From ‘Bagani’ to ‘Balani’ 3. Collective Will and the Matter of Discipline

Chapter 13. Cooperative— Social Synergy of Personal Enterprises 1. Comprehension Needs Deepening 2. Your Will Be Done – What Will? 3. Some References 4. ‘Silent Soul’ of Cooperativism 5 The Primacy of Primaries 6. Coops as Teachers of Synergism 7. Coops as Players in the Grandest of Human Synergies

Chapter 14. Consciousness Grids: Synergism in Continuing Human Evolution 1. Earlier Studies, Developments 2. ‘Consciousness Grids’ and Those Experiments 3. We have Come a long Way!

PART FOUR: Walking Nuggets and Magnets1. Human Gold2. Human Magnets3. Synergism: Path Back to Conscious Oneness

Author’s Introduction:

4

Page 5: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Words, Words, Words!!!HE GREATEST obstacle to anyone’s learning often lies in the inability or unwillingness to admit to self that one still doesn’t

have full knowledge about something worth knowing well. This applies to the subject of synergism. The word synergism is no longer a “never-heard” word to many English-speaking and English-reading intellectuals. But having heard of this word or having used it once or twice in conversation is still very far off from having a working comprehension of the very potent principle this word refers to. Oftentimes this word is dismissed as hi-fallutin’ gobbledygook good only for purely academic discourse one doesn’t usually have the luxury of time to engage in.

TT

This is unfortunate because synergism refers to a very powerful tool that has always been available but has remained largely unused or, at best, underused in human endeavors. Many times, the very people most needing and most expected to work in close and strong teamwork don’t seem to get their act together for periods lasting months, or lasting even years. But just a whiff of fragrance of this principle can make us seek to see more of the beautiful wholeness and consistency of the principle where ev-ery small nuance is a very important, nay indispensable, particle of the entire synergy of nuances, which is the principle itself.

People can relate to the principle of synergism any which way they want to, preferably in an act of choosing among a wide range of options that are known to them, with a wide range of degrees of intellectual comprehension and articulation.

The range in the degrees of comprehension is so wide. So is the personally chosen approach in sharing it.

At one end are persons who would not even have any use for the word synergism or for any word whatsoever, and yet

really live it in their lives that they become it, and people around them can clearly appreciate it with only the term itself missing from the picture. Many of these people are just smiling in silence, enjoying the universe “unfolding as it should.”

Others choose to become part of that unfolding, in various ways, including wordless ways: live and be your message; unified consciousness of a critical mass (“square root of 1 percent”?) etc. etc.

Some who are discerning midwife roles for them to play in the hastening of that unfolding, and are ever zealous but ever patient, because any pace of change they may be actively involved in might necessitate periods of time longer than one would tend to expect or wish for. In his Conversations With God trilogy, Neale Donald Walsch keeps close to the theme of doing everything we can in pursuit of a desire, as a “statement of who we are,” but without any emotional attachment to the result.

At the other end are the people who choose to work in the arena of the academe and intellectualization and apply the stringent rigors to decisively convince the intellectual apologists of separative ego and human divisiveness that fragmentation and high walls do not define the essence of the human. The long-delayed writing of this book, is an attempt in the latter end. It originally came forth in the form of a paper for presentation at the Conference on Synergism in Total Human Development conducted by the mainly-Academe-based Lambat-Liwanag (a Filipino term for “network of light”) Network of Centers of ab-out a dozen school-based centers of research and advocacy for paradigms shifts toward human empowerment, real development and harmony.

My fellow presentors and the participants at that confer-ence and all other people who have time and interest to read the ideas and assertions presented here are asked to comprehend them as fully as possible without the pressure to agree with them.

5

Page 6: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

After the biting comes the chewing. Those who tend to agree are asked to accurately bring the points presented here into appro-priate venues of dispassionate discourse (starting at inner debates within their own brains) and gather and send back to me (via my personal e-mail address, [email protected]) all points that can directly and indirectly enrich these points or even correct them.

In this context, I not only welcome criticisms on this, I even hunger for them, because all criticisms can be made useful, and some of them are even valid. The synergy of all the nuggets of truth lodged in all the comments will surely emerge as a very powerful synthesis useful for many people who pursue empo-werment for themselves and for “the least of (their) brethren.”

Group of Consistently-Active Synergizers

There is a small but growing group of people who are committed to actively work together to mainstream the consciousness on and application of the principle of synergism in personal and community praxis in the Philippines. And along a two-fold mission to propagate the consciousness of synergism, bringing its message to the biggest number of people in the shortest possible time — and to apply it everywhere, these committed propagators of the principles of synergism have realized that they have had to be the first and the most enthusiastic students about this principle, that they have had the responsibility to learn about its nuances well beyond the very general, even if correct, notions about the principle, if this is to be applied successfully and promoted accurately.

This has been both difficult and exciting. I have reason to know of this, for I have been the main leader up to this time of this synergism-focused organization called SanibLakas ng Ta-ongbayan (Filipino words for “People’s Synergy”) Foundation in the Philippines. Having such a two-fold mission as the Foun-dation does, we members cannot afford to slacken in our own inner

education on this principle. Such education must cover theory, tools-development, skills-building and values formation.

Actually, more and more of our members and other peo-ple have started enjoying it all. Especially in recognizing the dy-namics of synergism in all kinds of human interactions, includ-ing their own empowerment. Foundation co-founder Joydee C. Robledo said in 1998: “What kind of work does the SanibLakas Foundation do? It’s the kind that enables one to rediscover her/his inner will to achieve one’s maximum potential with the greatest sense of fulfillment, the kind that enables one to believe in herself/himself and to convince others to do the same, the kind that enables one to build a stronger bonding with people and with the whole creation for better relations and better personal or group success, with the magnification of power resulting from the coming close together of individuals thus empowered. … Mine is not an opinion, it’s an experience, a life, a reality.” Well said!

Personal Study and a Personal Wish

This entire work is intended and designed to be a person-al sharing of the enjoyment, dedicated to all who would resonate well in such enjoyment. In other words, I am not trying to con-vince anyone who does not believe in the phenomenon of holons and synergism. This is full of quotes not as any attempt to invoke so-called “authority figures” to instantly resolve debates and dilemmas, for such intellectual names can only bring a reader to take this work more seriously, and cannot win any argument for me. In any argumentation I get involved in I personally dislike the practice of “hiding behind a coat of quotes.”

But there is really no heavy arguing being conducted here, there is only this happy sharing among people who enjoy at least a bit of intellectual articulation of what we can call a resonance, which can convince without hard sell others who are at least familiar and open to our ideas. And I sort of “invited” the

6

Page 7: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

sources of my quotes here to join in the happy synergy. Much of the contents of this book comes from various illustrious writers, my only claim to authorship here is the attempt to choreograph their ideas and relate them to the development and current content of my own views.

There is a special personal reason I have had for desiring to write a book to express my views about a lot of things. This is the drive to be understood by people clearly and comprehensively for what I have actually been trying to say and trying to do in my earth life. I don’t want to be remembered in my epitaph simply as “someone who was tireless and fast in doing a thousand and one things,” while people will not remember having understood what all that passion and energy was all about.

Before mid-1997, I would have deserved such fate, for I was then really still unfocused, unable to say “no” to causes seeking my involvement. But with the crucial help of a person who has become my dearest friend I was able to find, and even to start to actualize, a clear focus, the focus of synergy-building all around for human development and harmony. This personal close-in adviser and associate did not suggest that I decrease my activities, but to find a real focus for them. And I feel this fo-cused “overexertion” of efforts in the past six years really de-serves to be fully understood clearly by anyone to claim to have known me, even if only in memory after I shall have returned to the Source. People are most welcome to refute or dismiss me anytime on anything, but I seek to be substantially understood first before any such refutations or dismissals are made.

Some acquaintances have simply shaken their heads in condescending amusement when they get to learn of this or that collective effort that they simplistically equate to, or even dismiss as, just my own personal passion and energy. “What will he think of next?” they would ask rhetorically and with a

smiling shake of head. There is this hidden fear, admittedly coming from my unslain ego, that during my wake the people there would be wondering aloud or in whispers or in quiet thoughts around my coffin what it was that I was spending my hyper active life on in a perpetually-hectic mode and in what a close friend had once labeled as “unexplained poverty” (profuse apologies to my two sons for the practical consequences of this on their own lives!). And then they would give up altogether in the wondering and settle for the thought that “well, he was a good man – with inexhaustible energies and passion for some noble personal aims or other, which now all die with him.”

I don’t want to be emulated or even remembered only for my levels of energy, for my passions, because I sincerely feel that if at least some of the people I would leave behind would only comprehend clearly and fully at that point what I was trying to do and why, there would be a better chance that the torch I shall have carried to the end would be carried on with whatever momentum and to whatever degree of attainment I shall have been able by that time to help pursue these causes. Thus, with this writing, people I am now working with would have access to my mind after my graduation to the “Great Beyond,” and they may choose to pay more attention by that time to what I’ve been trying to explain to them, not because these are universal truths but because these ideas might prove useful to them in their work by that time. Of course, it would help if the clear and full comprehending would be achieved while I am still around in this world.

Of course, I am conscious that because this book is thick (thicker than my usual writing output), as thick as my expla-nations may have really been “too long” for some of my co-workers to sustain their interest, considering their own hectic schedules, memories of me may still be limited to that “…die with him” possible epitaph. The writing of this book is just

7

Page 8: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

another attempt to avoid that kind of ending of my earth life if it can indeed be avoided.

For it is always better to try and fail than not to have tried at all. Then, there is this line of thought from the “Sower and the Seed” parable that says many copies of this book may indeed fall on fertile ground. Are you willing and ready to be part of that?

Collecting, Synergizing, Experiences

Back in 1998, the SanibLakas Foundation management team started a fortnightly light-sharing newsletter mainly for the internal use of the Foundation membership. The introductory editorial of the maiden issue of Sanib-Sinag (issue No. 1, Feb. 15, 1998) speaks about collecting and synergizing experiences. (The periodical was later stopped and later found reincarnation in live eyeball-to-eyeball sharing sessions also called Sanib-Sinag. There is now an e-mail list group version called “LightShare.”)

That editorial read, in part (underscoring in the original):

“A ‘collector of experiences.’ This was how a Saniblakas Foundation officer described herself in a recent environment-oriented forum. Of course, everybody is a collector of personal experiences that accumulate as life memories and hopefully wisdom that one would later carry into old age, but this is not what she was talking about. As an active member of the growing ‘Saniblakas family,’ she is into collecting experiences and lessons from many people to be shared with and among bigger multitudes, for a synergy of experiences and lessons that would redound to the empowerment of all who are directly and indirectly involved in this process.

        “As the Saniblakas leadership tries to pursue the Found-ation’s mission ‘to help build a truly empowered nation of em-

powered communities and individuals through individual human development and optimized synergies,’ it needs to learn fast all the lessons on individual human development and optimized synergies both for inspirational and practical purposes. Chances are, many of these ideas are already within the present Board of Trustees, each profound insight lodged in the minds of two or three of them or most of the Board members. We all have something profound and valuable to share . But opportunities for their airing and sharing have been very limited.

       “The distinct experiences and the lessons in the minds of individual Board members, as well as of the other active members of the growing ‘Saniblakas family,’ as well as the Foundation’s friends and partners, are distinct bright rays of the Whole Truth, ‘ang bawat kaisipang makatotohanan ay sinag ng buong liwanag!’ We have to gather and forge all these bright rays of thought together in a synergy of the minds to produce an immense magnitude of knowledge and wisdom that the Saniblakas Foundation needs badly and needs immediately for the sake of pursuing our work successfully.”

Crucially Vital Assertion

A cursory look at the table of contents will reveal that the book Human Holons is written in four parts. These parts are aspects of one reality. Still, the whole exercise of expressing that one seamless reality as I reflect and interpret it in my own mind uses words. While thoughts and ideas, and feelings are uncontainable, I have chosen to express them, from mind to mind, in the form of sentences and paragraphs that have had to be grouped in bigger clusters of points, each with its own distinct focus, and labeled in this book as Part One, Part Two, etc. I hope that this necessity does not erect high walls of simplistic separation in the reader’s mind between such Parts.

8

Page 9: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Distinction should not be allowed to mean separation; without distinction and diversity all complementation, harmony and teamwork cannot be possible; separation is the intellect’s mistaken negation and denial of the actual fact of Oneness. In synergism and the reality of holons, this is a crucially vital assertion.

Not for a Forced Readership

Some people will surely find this entire work “too long and wordy.” Well, “it’s only words, and words are all I have to take your heart away,” go the lyrics of the popular smiling song by the Beegees; and the Angelus Prayer celebrates the Word becoming flesh. Writers like me (or a team of writers like us) are seriously engaged in the human enterprise of putting concepts into words hopefully for clearer communication, for those who find such communication useful and even enjoyable.

The usual problem met by this effort is when the readers are pressured to read, or at least feel pressured to read, what they don’t really want to read, either because they find the topic un-important or they feel they are already very, very, very familiar with it, or both, and the first thing they do is to immediately find the whole work “too long.” Instead of appreciating the amount of work done to produce the book or article of considerable length, they feel so much more the heavy burden of the sheer effort they are “pressured” to exert just trying to read it through. But because there are some other people who are receptive enough even to long articles, or even novels, or books like this one, for as long as they can derive something out of it, and intellectual discourse does have at least some value among co-learners of a concept, writers can still do their work, preferably at times playfully so both writer and reader can enjoy the interlude. No pressure, just enjoyment in sharing.

And the opportunity you may choose to use to help you unlock the powerful potential of the cosmic principle of synergism right within your own self — as a “human holon,” a sleepwalking nugget and magnet, that you have been and will be. The realization of us being holons with power-packed synergies can help us all along the shift that Bob Dylan ap-parently intended this line to help achieve: “He who isn’t busy being born is busy dying.”

This goes along the same line that Ron Jenson challenges readers with his book, right from the very wording of its title: Make A Life, Not Just A Living (Broadman and Holman Publishers, Nashville Tennessee, 1995). Right in the introduc-tion chapter of his book, Jenson sets the goal of holistic success for human life to pursue: “Think about it for a moment. You are a whole person. You have emotional, volitional, spiritual and relational sides to your being. Beyond that you have responsibilities in various realms—business, family, community. And each of these areas has its own sub-responsibilities. They are all interrelated.”

This book was written to reach many people quite probably including those whose reception would be one of appreciation and conscious practical application of the synergism principle on their lives and a felt imperative to share the joyful message. Copies that get to them (to you?) may be like seeds that fall on fertile ground.

These copies might be instantly needing some protective wrapping, for many readers might eagerly await their turn to borrow and turn these pages, before seeking to have their own copies (especially after I shall have graduated to the Great Beyond.) I can dream, can’t I? The empowered lives of people who shall have made good use of its contents may well be what can give other readers and would-be readers enough reason to give this book a second look.

9

Page 10: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Ed Aurelio C. ReyesMakati, PhilippinesFebruary 14, 2003

‘WE ARE WALKING NUGGETS AND MAGNETS!’

HUMAN HOLONSHUMAN HOLONS

POWER-PACKED SYNERGIESPOWER-PACKED SYNERGIES

“Two can accomplish more than twice as one. If one falls, the other pulls him up; but if a man falls when he is alone he is in trouble. One standing alone can be defeated, but two can stand back to back and conquer; three is even better, for a triple-braided cord is not easily broken.”

– King Solomon

[as quoted by Philip Holland in How To Start A Business Without Quitting Your Job (Ten Speed Press, California, 1993). p. 148.]

OLON is a new word. Coined by Arthur Koestler no more than three decades ago, I only came across it a few months

before starting to write this book. It is not even familiar to many of the intellectuals and academicians I have mentioned this word to. The terms synergism and synergy are more familiar, that is, many people have at least heard this word and some have even used it once or twice in conversation.

HH

It is unfortunate that people have been allowed to remain at much distance from the potent realities being represented by these words, for it is getting to be increasingly apparent that these realities are actively present right within our very being as humans, and very much alive in our interactions among one another and with the other parts of the Cosmos, indeed, with the very nature of the Cosmos itself!

There is an almost complete lack of awareness among most humans about the power packed in the phenomenon of the holon and in the operation of the synergism principle that packs such power in everything, including the immense creative capa-bilities of the human will. We are leaving virtually such dynamic

10

Page 11: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

energies untapped. This while many of us sulk in frustration, helplessness and defeatism amid heavy difficulties that can all be overcome by consciously and properly applying the principle of synergism. This is happening to a great number of us all the time, and all the feelings of frustration and helplessness have been understood to be the normal mode of existence for humans. And this has been directly happening to each of us from time to time. Don’t we all wish we could reduce the instances and duration of these periods of darkness in our hearts and minds?

Consider this moving challenge for a decisive mindset shift, raised by Dr. Leo F. Buscaglia in the first chapter of his book, Personhood: The Art of Being Fully Human (Ballantine Books, New York, 1978):

“The knowledge that we make our own life is not new, still most of us will resist it for if we were to accept it, we might be forced to change. We might have to face the pain and empti-ness which arises from the knowledge of the unrealized self. We might have to assume the frightening, the uncertain and demand-ing search for its actualization. We may finally have to cease blaming others and take upon ourselves the full responsibility for creating our own lives. There is no doubt that it is much easier to accept ourselves as we have been portrayed – helpless, hopeless, frightened failures, impotent to realize our actualization needs.

“When we are born, we are almost all unrealized poten-tial, and a thousand new possibilities are present in each one of us. We can choose to be born again at any time and accept the challenge of the selves we have yet to meet, for the same is still true.

“The world, too, is mostly unactualized potential waiting upon us for realization. The responsibility, then, is ours. The ma-nifestation of every person and the world in which we live is the minimum requirement of our existence, its major purpose and its

only hope. The negligence of any of us to become a fully func-tioning part of the whole, no matter who we are or where we may be, will be potential which will be forever lost. We are of value to the degree to which we are constantly actualizing as the unique persons we are at each moment of our life.”

We only have to realize the reality, to open our minds and hearts to this constant truth: The Force of Dynamic Oneness is in each of us . When anyone seeks that you be conscious of this, she or he may say, “May the Force be with you.” This is just one of the latter-day versions of the old Latin “Dominus vobiscum,” which has been translated into English in post-Vatican II Roman Catholic masses as “The Lord be with you.” For God, Allah, Abba, Bathala, in my firm conviction, is the Loving and Creative Synergy of ALL Synergies, our supreme and complete oneness, the hand of which we are all the varying but teaming-up fingers, the vine of which we are all the living branches.

Levels of human development, and harmony in this world would undoubtedly soar to amazing heights if we could only tap this reality fully, or even just partially. Actually, we have started to comprehend these, thus words like “synergism” and “holon” have emerged in human vocabulary to start to refer to them. Actually, we have started to apply the principle, even if largely instinctively and intuitively and therefore often inconsistently. And success at such application of this principle has been behind the sense of another word of relatively recent currency: empowerment.

To further and help hasten the empowerment of the individual humans and the masses of people making up various communities of varying scopes, we have to successfully advance paradigm shifts for empowerment in the thoughts, words and deeds of at least a critical mass of the people.

11

Page 12: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Desiderata reminds us all: “whether or not it is clear to you, no doubt the universe is unfolding as it should.” But whoever they may be among us who have learned to appreciate the process as a wonderful synergy of episodes or stages of such magnificent unfolding can opt to actively help to hasten the shift from periods of lessons-laden suffering to periods of widespread bliss in human actualization.

The word holon is a new term. But there is a very old word that also refers to it. This term is applied to those persons who, aside from knowing that they are individual players in this world, also know fully that they are parts of one much greater Whole, and are therefore not merely of this world. To their holistic mind-set and behavior a very old word has been assigned. That word is “holy,” and it is also directly related to the source of the words “heal” and “health.” Huli mo?

PART ONE:

HOLONS AND SYNERGISM

Chapter 1 Synergism in Etymologies and Metaphors

HEWING as closely as possible to how the majority of the people would put their own meanings into the words they come across, by using that alphabetical survey result of word-usage, called the dictionary, I seek to choose well my words as a writer, because words like the thoughts they represent, are powerful.

Etymology, the science of word origins, is important in any complex or profound study. So, when I decided to study the phenomenon of synergism, I started with etymology. Synonyms and near-synonyms are fine, like the words “teamwork” and “harmony” and even “love” for synergism and synergy, but I felt I had something to learn, a nuance or even a basic element, by looking at the origin of what has become my favorite word.

Of course metaphors are important, too. They are more useful in explaining a phenomenon to others than in trying to understand it in the first place. Still, my attempt to explain to others may be a very important start for those others to grasp a phenomenon. The problem with metaphors is that they can only approximate certain characteristics of a phenomenon but not really convey the phenomenon exactly as it is. That is why in trying to explain synergism I use not just one metaphor but a set of metaphors. Some of these metaphors may actually be living illustrations of the principle in action.

1. Word Origins

My Webster's New World Dictionary, Third College Edition (1991), gives this definition for the prefix syn-

syn- (sin) Gr. <syn, with; earlier xyn> prefix with, together, at the same time [synesthesia, syncarpous].  It becomes, by assimilation, syl- before l; sym- before b, m or p; and sys- before or in words where it reflects original combining with a word containing an initial aspirate, or (h) sound. (Underscoring mine)

12

Page 13: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

This togetherness is reflected in the definitions of many words that start with this prefix: synthesis, symmetry, symbiosis, syncretism, symphony, sympathy, and so on. And, of course, this togetherness is reflected in the definition given by the same dictionary for the words synergy and synergism. (By the way, the pronunciation of this prefix is constant, where the vowel sound is a short i and not a long one. Some people tend to pronounce syn- in synergism as if it rhymed with “spine”.)

The Merriam-Webster Dictionary would add as another meaning "the doctrine that in regeneration there is a cooperation of divine grace and human activity." 

According to Charles Hampden-Turner (Maps of the Mind, Collier Books, NY): Synergy comes from the Greek synergia, `a working with', and describes the capacity of two forces, persons, or structures of information to optimize one another and achieve mutual enhancement. 

As I understand it, synergy refers to the coming together at a certain high level of quality; and synergism is the principle that explains what comes from this high-quality coming together. The principle reveals and explains a "value-added" to the arithmetical total of the respective magnitudes of individual parts to result in synergy, with a perceptible increase in magni-tude of the total combined effect of these same elements.  We go back to definitions of synergy and synergism in latter sections of this chapter.

I had earlier searched high and low for a Filipino word to capture this precise sense, and the closest I got was "bayanihan" which has, over the centuries, largely lost its sting and original meaning.  That's why I thought of coining "sanib-lakas," a new term altogether, the same thing I did in 1991 for "sense of history" by coining the word "kamalaysayan." And like in the case of that campaign for sense of history, I started an organization in 1996, which eventually became a foundation,

and gave it the same coined-word name, this time in the form of a proper noun that has done away with the hyphen. ‘Sanib,’ in this case an intransitive verb denoting a mutual action, takes the place of the prefix “syn-“, and “lakas” as the translation for the word “energy.”

At least as much as I was proud to represent the Asian Social Institute in the panel of presentors in that Lambat-Li-wanag conference, I proudly represented, as well, the SanibLa-kas ng Taongbayan Foundation.

2. Metaphors for Synergism

Using metaphors would be a good way to illustrate the principle of synergism. At least some of these metaphors are really synergies in themselves, actual illustrations of synergism in action.  Others, though commonly or at least occasionally used, are not as appropriate.

a. The Broom and the Mat

The coconut-reed broom is widely used in the Philip-pines where it is called "walis tingting" in the Filipino language. The walis-tingting is a favorite metaphor in illustrating the saying, "in union there is strength." After all, it is easy to break all the reeds one by one but together they are formidable.  

This broom goes beyond the saying and illustrates syn-ergism. You would need the standard stoutness of such a broom to sweep the yard, and it would be difficult to sweep even just one-eighth of the same area with just half that stoutness.  The thinner that broom gets, the more difficult it is to use it even for sweeping just a miniscule portion of the whole area.  

Still, as a symbolic illustration of synergism, the banig or our native mat made out of leaf-strips woven together is appar-ently better.  While synergizers are trying to kick the habit of comparing things, at least judgmentally, the comparison between

13

Page 14: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

these metaphors is important to point out a nuance.  This is actually an important nuance in the study of synergism as it applies to humans. You may be wondering why…

b. Schools of Fish and Formation-Flying

Let us shift temporarily to a comparison between a group of headless fish crowded really very close together in a can of sardines and a school of fish that are swimming together.  The swimming fish are not as close together as the sardines in the can, but the latter only crowd together because they are forced to do so by the walls of the can.  The swimming fish are together by choice, or if you will, by instinct, not by any container.  This is parallel to the saying "birds of the same feather flock together," and is more akin to some equivalent tendencies in physics— cohesion and gravity.

Flying ducks and flying geese are not only symbolic of synergism.  Their V-formation flying actually illustrates a measurable mechanical efficiency even though none of the ducks has read any books on aerodynamics.

Back to the broom and the mat, the reed sticks in the broom are crowded together by a "container," or more precisely, by a band of some other material.  And once some of the sticks fall off, the band gets looser and more and more sticks "escape."  To instantly "free" all the reed sticks from the arrangement they had been forced into, you just have to cut or pull off the band.  But you cannot "unweave" the woven mat as easily.  The very arrangement of the strips in relation to one another keeps them together, and you don't really need an external container.

c. The Jigsaw Puzzle

Neither the reed sticks nor the leaf strips are predisposed to unite and stay together.  The sticks have to be kept together by a band and the strips are kept together by the way they are arranged (woven) around one another. The formation-flying

fowls and the schools of fish are much better illustrations of the synergism principle because their natural wisdom or "instinct" makes them social beings comparable to humans and or often even better at it than humans.

The jigsaw puzzle offers another nuance or angle.  Each jigsaw puzzle is unique on two counts: 

First, it carries its own distinct part of the total picture, such that the whole picture cannot be complete if one particular piece is missing.  While there is some truth to the saying that "no one is indispensable," there is at least as much truth to the assertion that "every single individual is very important." 

Second, each piece has a unique shape. Even with a hammer, you cannot force-in any piece into the wrong hole, as far as regular jigsaw puzzles are concerned. 

And yet in the uniqueness of each piece, all the pieces have two commonalities: First, they are all carrying parts of the same picture. Each piece reflects the beauty of the whole and contributes to the beauty of the whole.  Second, they are all shaped to be "predisposed to unite and stay together."  They are interlocking. If you pull at the corner piece of a completed puzzle, chances are the entire thing will get pulled too.  

If all these points of uniqueness and of commonalities are fully appreciated in the jigsaw puzzle piece as a metaphor for synergism, the synergies we build among humans can benefit greatly from this principle.  At present, however, we see many human groupings reflecting more faithfully the images of the walis tingting and the headless sardines in the can!

Here’s how filmmaker and filmmaking educator Surf Reyes discussed the jigsaw puzzle piece in a reaction paper presented at a conference on the empowering paradigm for the educational system in June 2002 (underscoring in the original):

14

Page 15: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

“I’m sure all of you have experienced putting jigsaw puzzle pieces together to form one picture. It all starts with a cluttered jumble of separate and seemingly meaningless pieces that, together, form one meaningful picture. Let us experience the reality more closely. The pieces look quite alike in shape, and some even in color, yet no two pieces are actually alike. Each jigsaw puzzle piece is totally unique, with its own shape and colors, and designed to precisely lock with other pieces to form that one beautiful picture. Each individual piece has no real significance or meaning except as part of the whole. So each ‘I’ has no meaning except within ‘We.’ Hold that in your imag-ination for a while to serve as a mirror image of the core reality of the oneness of all. Consider all of us and everything in our environment, as the jigsaw puzzle pieces that form the one universal picture. From this core reality naturally spring all the core values.”

Actually, the jigsaw puzzle pieces do not really start out as a cluttered jumble. A single beautiful picture is first printed and glued on some thick cardboard and this undergoes the die-cut process that cuts up the picture into those little puzzle pieces we start with in every jigsaw puzzle session. After working on it for hours or even days on end, we get to appreciate the picture many times over, because we undergo the process of appreciat-ing the individual pieces and their intended interrelationships. The beauty and glory of the whole is always magnified and appreciated manifold by appreciating its parts and the latter’s process of coming together in synergy.

d. Gravity

Gravity is no longer simplistically viewed in terms of "what goes up must come down," no longer just in the matter of falling.  It is an attraction force between two lumps of matter, which Newton had long computed to be directly proportional to the product of the mass of one object and the mass of the other,

and inversely proportional to the square of the distance between the objects' respective centers of gravity.   We don't have to go any further on that. 

What bears mentioning here is the fact that gravity exists automatically between any pair of two objects (no matter how far apart they are) and that this force is an attraction.  There is no known opposite equivalent to this, unlike in the case of magnetic forces where there is both attraction and repulsion.  This should give us some hint about the grand design of the Universe, or a clue as to why it had to start off with the centrifugal momentum of a "Big Bang".  We go back to this in a later chapter.

e. Magnets

I actually agonized about magnets for some time.  All literature on magnetism that I have come across in books and in the Internet state, as if as an overriding maxim, that “like poles repel, and opposite poles attract."  I could easily illustrate synergies among like-minded people, among "birds of the same feather flocking together," and as stated in another article, I am quite comfortable to consider diversity as the dynamic element in synergetic combinations. But how in heaven's name was I to illustrate the synergy of opposite poles?

After months of searching for an answer to this puzzle, I got one that I consider now to be the more valid view of magnets.  I no longer focus on the poles, for after all the poles are just like entrances and exist points of a highway and what is important is the movement of vehicles within the highway, through and around it.  I now look more on the direction of flow of the magnetic force, what is also called the "magnetic flux."  And my own substitute to the usual maxim is this: Like flows attract; opposite flows repel.  

15

Page 16: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Like poles will repel as much as it would be illogical to connect the south-bound lane of one highway to the north-bound lane of another, or create a closed passageway between the exit door of one building and the exit door of another (where would all the people go?) or create a closed passageway between the entrance of one building and the entrance of another (who would use it?). The same is true with blood vessels regenerating their connections after they get severed. 

Having gone beyond the "attract-repel" puzzle, I studied magnets more closely, and started moving completely away from the "attract-repel" focus.  As a kid I was always playing with magnets, even dismantling the tiny motors in my toy cars just to get the magnets in them. But I was endlessly experi-menting on making metal pieces stick to them, and magnetizing ordinary screwdrivers and big nails and making metal pieces stick to those.  It was very recently that I started paying more attention to magnets affecting metal pieces that do not stick to them, metal pieces that do not even move towards them, the phenomenon of the magnetic field and its invisible but very real effects.

Having experimented on magnets affecting metal pieces that are just lying still close enough to them, and having read about how some metal pieces gradually become magnets just because a strong magnet nearby had started aligning a growing number of their atoms along a uniform magnetic field, I plunged into a deep study of magnets as metaphors of synergism in a very profound way.  It looks like it's going to be a long but ex-citing study, and I’d be glad to share observations and ideas with people interested enough to study applications of the pertinent physics formulas similar to but more powerful than the formulas involving gravitation. 

But this early, it can be said that because of this phe-nomenon of "contagious magnetism," the magnet is a unique

metaphor for synergism.  After all, coconut-palm reeds do not tie themselves together in a bind, the leaf-strips do not weave them-selves together into mats and the jigsaw puzzle pieces do not really jump into their proper places. But atoms in a magnetic field do align themselves in bigger and bigger numbers and strengthen that field to make more and more atoms do the same.  Thus, a magnet system grows stronger and stronger by itself, untouched by human hands. The origin of lodestones bears this out. And scientists are using the magnetic flux from unmoved chunks of lodestone to triangulate past sites of the magnetic/true north pole and the magnetic/true south pole of the earth, where spin axis meets the earth surface.

Consider that in contrast to the force of gravity, which is indirectly proportional to the square of the distance between the attracting parties, the magnitude of the magnetic force is inversely proportional to the cube of the distance between the magnetic objects that are interacting. This means that a strong magnet which is not near to any other magnet aligned or not aligned with it can, by the influence of its magnetic field, align atoms in all metallic objects all around it, and, by itself, create many new magnets around itself and create a growing synergy of a growing set of aligned magnets much closely positioned around it. This is a case of a synergy ever growing by itself. If the first magnet in the neighborhood is rather weak, the entire process still ensues but takes much more time to complete.

3. Definitions of Synergism

Stephen R. Covey wrote in his The Seven Habits of Highly Effective People (Simon and Schuster, NY): "What is synergy? Simply defined it means that the whole is greater than the sum of its parts. It means that the relationship that the parts have to each other is a part in and of itself. It is not only a part,

16

Page 17: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

but the most catalytic, the most empowering, the most unifying, and the most exciting part."

R. Buckminster Fuller (in Critical Path, St. Martin's Press, NY) describes synergism as "the behavior of whole systems unpredicted by the behavior of their parts."

And we have the simplest statement from Abraham Maslow, quoted in Maps of the Mind (Collier Books, NY): "Synergy is indivisible."

In his foreword to the SanibLakas Foundation pamphlet on cooperative education on synergism (2000), former Bulacan Gov. Roberto Pagdanganan described synergy as "a fusion to create a newer dimension broader that the totality of the parts."

During a SanibLakas-convened “Sharings at the Park” in 2001, Dr. Ernesto R. Gonzales, secretary-general of the Lambat-Liwanag Network of Centers for Empowering Paradigms, said: “Synergism is a process where the essence of life grows. When synergy enters her orbit, the life-giving process of persons, as well as of institutions, begins to flourish. In our homeland, this is the ignition point for genuine progress and nationhood.”

In another sharing, Dr. Mina Ramirez, president of the Asian Social Institute in Manila, defined synergism as “the interweaving of ourselves into the web of energies that are life-promoting of all life-forms. It is being with the spirit of life itself, harnessing ethical for the good and sacred in us and in all of God’s Creation!” This dovetails with how synergism was described by SanibLakas Foundation’s Palawan-based Board Member Romy Lee B. Ancheta: “getting back to our Creator, who is the essence of all synergies.”

Lambat-Liwanag Network Council Vice Chair Enrique D. Torres, also the Board Chairman of the Philippine Human Rights Information Center said that he “found synergism as an effective unifier of both the individual and collective efforts to

advance human development and harmony,” and that his “cur-rent commitment to human rights will be enhanced by a wider awareness and deeper understanding of synergism.”

Luis B. Gorgonio, also of PhilRights and SanibLakas, wrote in the March 1998 issue of the Sanib-Sinag journal: “Synergism is a journey from the self to kapwa. Individualism happens when the self is locked into itself, calls everything be-yond its own narrow confines as the other, and separates from the others. Synergism is a movement from an individualist self to a shared self or kapwa. In synergism the other-ness is lost and the self becomes a unique trait that innately longs for communion.”

Mila Reyes Garcia, chair of the SanibLakas Human Re-sources Development Committee, describes synergism as “the Divine Plan, the scheme of things.” She explains: We were created with different personalities, gifts, talents, etc. The Cre-ator apparently meant for us to complement and supplement one another, to work together harmoniously. Look around us, it’s hap-pening everyday. In building a house, there is an architect, an en-gineer, the carpenters. Each one is an essential part of the whole.” Further, she says: “We should flow together, like little streams flowing into rivers, and rivers flowing into the sea, till there is just one huge wave of harmony. That, to me, is synergy.”

And Maraya Chebat, who was behind the prize-winning initial draft of the Earth Charter, emphasized the role of healthy attitude on diversity: “Only when we can expect the differences of one another can we learn to synergize.”

4. How does it work?

The definition of synergism would not be complete without even just an earnest attempt to explain how it works.

It has been proven both in measurable and immeasurable terms that operation of the synergism principle results in value-added, in some sort of magnification of total value.  The

17

Page 18: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

eyebrow-raising arithmetical formula usually used to describe the operation of synergism is "one plus one equals three," which is akin to the quote ascribed to the wise King Solomon at the very beginning of this book. And the question that may follow is about the source of this "magic," where does this come from?  It took some years of hunting before I could arrive at an answer that would do fine for me, at least for the time being.

Not all combinations of individual elements make up a synergy, because the precise design or arrangement of the combination may not optimize the performance of these individual elements.  We can see this in frequent manifestations of "bad teamwork" (actually a lack of teamwork) or bad management.  In worst-case examples, the resulting equation is "one plus one equals zero" because the capabilities or the actions of the elements actually cancel out one another.

The legendary UCLA and NBA center Bill Walton once said: “In basketball, you can be the greatest player in the world and lose every game, because a team will always beat an individual.”

It is not necessarily true that "in union there is strength," because synergy cannot easily be attained and sustained accidentally. Ask the good sports team coaches and the good managers. And they will agree that it does entail a lot of study, experimentation, evaluation and painstaking improvement to build the right "chemistry," the great winning teamplay.

The idea that organizations automatically generate strength and empower their members is based on the illusion that "all sorts of combinations are synergies."  Wrong!  In fact, the behavior or non-behavior of many organizations all around us has been giving the value of organizations a bad name. For this reason, there are many people who have come to stay away from organizations altogether.

I chanced upon my tentative answer to the question where does the value-added come from when I listened to the valedictory speech delivered by the outgoing president of a local business club. She said the outgoing officers were proud to report having fulfilled their induction-day promise to be a "TEAM."  She said that for them, "TEAM" as an acronym has always stood for "Together, Each Achieves More."

Never mind the little syntax awkwardness here. The meaning is unmistakably clear, anyway.  The statement really flashed inside my mind that here was the answer I had been looking for —  Really close togetherness can actually increase the magnitude of capability or actual action of each individual element.  If teamwork or harmony, in short, the attainment of synergy, can increase the capacity or output of each element, why would anybody be surprised at all that the total would be bigger or even much bigger? 

Take a look at the simple equation below. It shows a simple arithmetical sum:

This other equation shows an operation of synergism, represented here by the symbol of converging arrows, four in all to resemble the plus sign just a bit. If we compare the two equations, we can see how synergism works, at least in this theory:

It is not as if the members just put in their best together and then "a magical power from above" (as in "deus ex machina") suddenly grants a "counterpart fund" to add to their total.  Instead, this "magical power" apparently works, through

18

Page 19: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

synergism, through complementation or mutual encouragement or both, to increase the output of each one in the synergy, thereby automatically increasing the total. And this total belongs to the entity collective really distinct from any which individual member and distinct from all of them taken separately.  This is the distinct reality of their harmonious collectivity, of their synergy.

5. Synergism Manifestations and Applications

The synergism principle pertains to a "value-added" to synergy, a perceptible increase in magnitude over the total effect the same elements would have if each were to be acting separately. 

The perceptible increase in magnitude is even physically measurable.  In his article "Synergism and the Holy Spirit," Rev. Roy Shepherd shares with us how a police unit conducted a physics experiment after losing their championship in the police games. Using a special “pull meter,” they measured the maximum force exerted by each member of their team. Then they measured the force exerted by the whole team; the team result was 1½ times more than the sum of the individual team members. 

Some other words are akin in meaning to synergy: team-work, harmony, complementation, but the only principle I know of that explains the magnification or "value-added" resulting from the attainment of synergy, of harmony, of teamwork, of complementation, is synergism.  And the principle has much more to it than simply knowing that "in union there is strength"; in fact the principle of synergism would qualify our notion of "strength in numbers" to be conditional and would offer work-able ways to raise the quality of unity and consequently attain much more "value-added," much more magnification of capa-bility or effect.

A certain Dan Zedra was quoted (in an attractive poster showing wild geese in formation flying), saying: "Instinctively, the Great Northern Geese travel thousands of miles in perfect formation — and therein lies the secret. Formation flying is 70 percent more efficient than flying alone." 

Sean Covey (Stephen's son), in his own book The Seven Habits of Highly-Successful Teenagers, gives a slightly higher figure for the aerodynamic efficiency of formation flying — 71 percent, explaining that when a goose flaps its wings, it creates an updrift for the goose that follows. "Whenever a goose falls out of formation, it immediately feels the resistance of trying to fly alone and quickly gets back into formation. As the lead goose gets tired he will rotate to the back of the 'V'  (formation) and allows another goose to take the lead position."

(He adds something else that goes beyond aerodynamics: "The geese in the back honk to encourage those in front."  And this: "Finally, when one of the geese gets sick or is wounded and falls out of formation, two geese will follow it down to help and protect it. They will stay with the injured goose until it is better or dies, and they will join a new formation or create their own to catch up with the group.")

Diversity is not something to be tolerated or "solved" in the context of synergy-building. While commonalities among the elements provide the bonding element, the glue or the magnetic waves among them, diversity is the enriching, catalyzing factor that gives the collectivity its dynamism.

In chemistry, a chemical reaction can only occur when non-identical substances are combined. In an orchestra, the rich-ness of the musical sound produced comes from the wide variety of instruments played simultaneously in the arrangement. In choral group singing, the blending of voices cannot occur and be enjoyed if all would sing only the melody, the "first voice."

19

Page 20: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Despite the diversities there is need for some common-ality over certain ground rules. Despite the divergences, and especially because these divergences exist, diverse people or groups coming together into the process of building partnerships and sustainable unities must have at least a modicum of agreement that:  

(1) diversity is richness and not necessarily a conflict; 

(2) diverse groups actually have essential commonalities; and

(3) these diverse groups make up a great whole. 

Manifestations of synergism abound in Nature, where every ecosystem, the complex sum of all symbiotic relationships among all species in a given area, exists and thrives in greater stability the more harmoniously interacting and interdependent species participate and the more diverse these species are. Harmony in this sense does not imply that predators would hunt and kill their prey very gently; rather it is in the interdependence preponderant in the entire food web, in pollination processes, in seed dispersal, in umbrella canopies and carpets of grass bushes, in everything that makes a jungle a jungle.

Applications of synergism abound in physics, chemistry and engineering. The very term synergism was first popularized as it pertained to the combining of substances as active ingredients in pharmaceutical preparations. The substances in tandem were proven to work wonders in synergy so much so that the medicines were approved for marketing according to their therapeutic claims.

Synergies in engineering pertain to mechanical advan-tage and durability from precise combination and arrangement of elements. Stephen Covey (in his Seven Habits of Highly Effect-ive People) mentions that: If you put two pieces of wood toge-

ther, they will hold much more than the total of the (maximum) weight held by each separately.

Synergies in Substance Complementations or “Compo-site materials” (combined characteristics of plastic, glass, metals, ceramics, etc., in various uses, especially in construction and electronics.) From “How Things Work Today” (published by Scientific American, 2000): “Composites are made by combining two or more materials in order to maximize their useful properties and minimize their weaknesses.

One of the earliest composites was developed by the ancient Greeks who inserted iron rods into marble to strengthen it. Steel rods are now used in this way to reinforce concrete. Modern composites were developed from light and strong ma-terials for the aerospace industry. Most modern composites con-sist of fibers of one material tightly bound into another material called a matrix. The matrix binds the fibres together like an ad-hesive and makes them more resistant to damage, while the fibers make the matrix stronger and stiffer.”

From R. Buckminster Fuller’s website on synergy and synergism: “Synergy alone explains metals increasing their strengths. All alloys are synergetic. Chrome-nickel-steel has an extraordinary total behavior. In fact, it is the high cohesive strength and structural stability of chrome-nickel-steel at enor-mous temperatures that has made possible the jet engine. The principle of the jet was invented by the squid and the jellyfish long ago. What made possible man's use of the jet principle was his ability to concentrate enough energy and to release it sud-denly enough to give him tremendous thrust. The kinds of heat that accompany the amount of energies necessary for a jet to fly would have melted all the engines of yesterday. Not until you had chrome-nickel-steel was it possible to make a successful jet engine, stable at the heats involved. The jet engine has changed the whole relationship of man to the Earth. And it is a change in

20

Page 21: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

the behavior of the whole of man and in the behavior of whole economics, brought about by synergy.”

The physical reality of physical synergies is illustrated in a reversed sort of way by a new technological product from Korea that claims, with statistics from satisfied users, to reduce the total electric energy consumption of a crowded set of appliances and other electric equipment. The technology applied is called “electromagnetic field harmonizer.”

The way I understand it, this is how it works: All electric currents in all electric appliances and equipment create elec-tromagnetic fields around them that are vectorial, that is, with a definite direction. Crowding many appliances and other electric equipment that have strong electromagnetic fields in varying di-rections, create a certain degree of clashes among these fields, and creating more resistance in each of the electric circuits (appliances, equipment) involved, and turns part of the electric energy into unutilized heat energy. The gadget solves this prob-lem by harmonizing these electromagnetic fields (I still don’t know how it does that), instead of allowing them to clash all around with one another. This does not only prevent the “clash-ing-fields” effect, it allows each of the circuits to be helped along by the harmonized electromagnetic fields, and the mutual-helping for greater mechanical efficiency is synergism at work.

6. Universal Preponderance

Gravity is an attractive, centripetal, and cohesive force. If gravity is not being countered by an opposite, repulsive force, it would be logical that the expanding Universe would be slowing down in its expansion, eventually to stop and then begin to contract. But some scientists perceive faraway stars to be receding at an apparently faster rate, “the farther away these stars are, the faster they are receding.”

Still, any such repulsive force opposite gravity, which may answer for any such perceived acceleration has not been found (said Stephen Hawkings in his Time magazine article on Einstein as “Person of the Century”), implying that the Universe is predisposed to cohere. Many years after Sir Isaac Newton wrote in the form of formulas his observations on the effects of gravitational force, he was said to be wondering aloud: “Whence is it that the Sun and planets gravitate toward one another?”

My own analysis is that those stars that have been moving faster from the time of the “Big Bang” would therefore logically have receded farther, and the observation that “the farther away these stars are, the faster they are receding” does not prove acceleration in the rate of expansion of the Universe after the “Big Bang.” This is a reinterpretation of a specific “Red-Shift” observation, which in many pieces of literature is used to imply an acceleration, and therefore infinite, expansion of the Universe. Viewing the “Red Shift” observation this way it cannot be made to convincingly rebut the belief that cohesion is apparently the most basic force, and Gravity keeps the oneness.

How is the entire complex system energized? Aside from the momentum created by the hypothetical “Big Bang,” there are the thermonuclear reactors that give off light and heat, much like what our own star, Sol, does for us and the rest of the Solar System. Some, like Don Miguel Ruiz, have even advanced the view that light and heat create stars and not the other way around.

Toward the middle of the last century, human scientists were able to split the atom, create the nuclear bomb and construct nuclear reactors using atomic fission. Does this imply that energy comes from division, which is the opposite of syn-ergism? No. Drunvalo Melchizedek, in his The Secret of the Flower of Life, asserts that “all known suns in the Universe are fusion-type nuclear reactors,” implying the primacy of unifica-

21

Page 22: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

tion, rather than fission, in natural generation of energy. Our own sun fuses pairs of hydrogen atoms to create helium atoms and release energy all around. It is a fusion-type nuclear reactor like all the others, if we are to believe Melchizedek.

About a quarter of a century ago, Arthur Koestler coined the word “holon” to mean anything that is a whole composed of parts while it is itself a part joining other parts in making up a bigger whole. In his Brief History of Everything, Ken Wilber supports Koestler’s assertion that everything is a holon, and that the hierarchy of holons (which both Koestler and Wilber call “holarchy”) goes infinitely down and infinitely up.

In the succeeding chapter I seek to explain the essence of holarchy in terms of the operation of synergism, and conclude that because all of the Universe are holons, the synergism prin-ciple is at work throughout.

Chapter 2Part/Whole, and the Synergy Factor in Holarchies

1. Holon: Part/Whole

EVERY whole is but a part of a bigger whole. And every part is a whole made up of smaller parts. That is apparently the design of the universe. Earth is our whole planet – including our oceans and landmasses, core, mantle, mountains and atmosphere. But Earth is but a part of the whole Solar System, which is, in turn, a

minor part of the Milky Way Galaxy, even as molecules are made up of atoms that are made up of electrons and nuclei, the latter being made up of subnuclear particles like protons, positrons, neutrinos, etc. etc.

Each unit is a synergy of smaller units; and every component of synergy has the “innergy” of its own complementarily interacting and therefore dynamically united – in other words, synergized – component parts. Arthur Koestler coined the word “holon” to describe something that is both a whole and a part, a whole of smaller component parts and while being a part of a bigger whole. The first syllable of this word pertains to its being a whole, and the second syllable pertains to its being a part (from the “–on” ending of the words “electron,” “proton,” “neutron” and “positron”). Then Koestler, and later Ken Wilber, explained that everything is a holon .

In my own version of this thought I would say that everything is a synergy of other things making up its “innergy,” and it dynamically interacts with still other things in a bigger synergy. And whenever I bring in the principle of synergism, it shows that a whole is not just the sum total of its individual parts because it includes the quality and quantity (degree) of the interrelationships among these parts. Used appropriately, where the interrelationships are of the harmonious and complementary kind, synergism promises a value-added to the total output, as in the eyebrow-raising equation “one plus one equals three.”

What’s the difference between a house and a home? One is a container and the other is the contained synergy. Without the bonds of love and interactions of warm cohabitation, you have a house being used as a hotel with rooms occupied by virtual her-mits. If we have neighborhood, there are some households inte-racting. If they are not interacting, you have no neighborhood. If you move all of the households away except one, that one household cannot be called a part of any neighborhood. If

22

Page 23: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

spouses decide to separate, you cannot call either one of them “half a couple.” If they had earlier bought a car as part of their conjugal properties, divorce can not make them drive separate half-cars! There are things, like bread, cakes and pies, that can easily be sliced and you just get smaller pieces of bread, cake or pie. Many other things have to have their synergized compo-nents together or they don’t exist at all as such things. If we stop all this talk about dividing, we can shift to the processes of join-ing together. That is the whole point of the phenomenon we call creation.

Wilber speaks of creation in the emergence of new hol-ons from the coming together, the communion, of pre-existing holons. And I add that these pre-existing holons are each a synergy at its own level of existence, but once they come toge-ther in a new arrangement, they create a new reality which is higher in magnitude than the simple sum of the original holons, thus exalting them – exalting their collectivity and even exalting each of them individually through transcendence of their earlier limited reality — but the new holon is totally dependent on the original holons for its very existence as such. To paraphrase Jose Rizal, a stone is exalted as it becomes part of an edifice.

It is a hierarchy in a sense but not in the usual sense we use the word hierarchy. Top bricks in a pyramid are higher than the bottom ones, and these top ones exalt the lower ones by making them part of a structure higher than if there were no top bricks. But while the bottom bricks can lie in peace without any top bricks resting upon them, the top bricks cannot be there where they are if there were no bottom bricks to depend on. And in any pyramid, lower bricks always outnumber the higher ones.

Wilber prefers the word holarchy to hierarchy. While Koestler also uses the term holarchy straight out of his own coined word, he speaks of a part being “sub-ordinated” to the whole (while parts of the same whole are “co-ordinated”), and is

therefore consistent to the usual sense of the word hierarchy, as in a hierarchy of ranks.

But Wilber apparently refines the concept of holarchy to be very distinct from hierarchy. He explains that atoms can exist, and have in fact very well existed for a long, long time, without molecules forming among some of them, and that molecules exist can exist and have in fact very well existed for a long time, without substances forming, and substances can exist and have in fact very well existed for a long time, without organisms emerging, and so on and so forth. He speaks of depth of ho-larchy to refer to the number of qualitative or quantum layers of holons; and he speaks of span as the ratio of the members of holons at one holarchic level to the number of members at the immediately higher holarchic level.

The assertion I dare make here is that the operation of the synergism principle is the decisive factor for the emergence of a new distinct holon to exist at the next higher holarchic level--the synergy achieved from the dynamic togetherness of previously separate original holons. Synergism is the great magnification factor in all the holons from infinitely down to infinitely up throughout the great holarchy we refer to as the Cosmos. From this, I dare say, adding to Koestler and Wilber, that everything is a holon and every holon is a synergy, and that the universe is synergized infinitely-many times over through all the levels of the holarchy!

It is therefore quite impossible for human minds to com-prehend fully the sheer magnitude of what I can only just start describing towards the end of the poem Smile for Synergy which I wrote in May 2000. Here are those final lines:

Smile… for collective wisdom, the synergy of diverse learnings

of diverse minds,for the Universe, the synergy of all that exist,

23

Page 24: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

known and unknown,for the great and glorious Cosmic Consciousness, the loving Creator and Synergy of ALL synergies…

Smile for the synergy of all our smiles, happy and proud to be part of it all.

We can only smile after we close our mouths first. They might have opened on their own in gasps of amazement at the overwhelming immensity of the very thought of this “Synergy of ALL synergies,” the glorious reality of which we can only dis-cern to an infinitessimally small extent.

Nobel prize winner Herbert Simon adds the matter of new holons emerging more rapidly. He concludes in his “Parable of the Two Watchmakers” that complex systems evolve from simple systems much more rapidly if there are stable inter-mediate forms than if there are not.

I seek to add the matter of holon stability. A sand castle is more easily toppled down if right below the full castle form as a holon we immediately have the individual grains of sand. If such grains are somehow grouped first into more or less firm “sand bricks,” then we can have a sturdier sand castle made out of these bricks. This is the principle of the building blocks. Building blocks made up of building blocks that are in turn made up of building blocks, enjoy the operation of synergism at every holarchic level, and the more levels there are, the more stable all these holons become and the more stable the holons they create.

Stronger is the nation that is made up of strong tribes, that are, in turn, made up of strong clans and communities that are made up of strong neighborhoods that are made up of strong families, than a nation made up directly by individuals with no intermediate-layer groupings. No wonder large organizations see it prudent to build chapters and even clusters of chapters!

2. Diversities and Commonalities

In every set of elements or particles, there would be com-monalities which would be the bonding element for any synergy to exist and persist. And there would be the diversities which cause dynamic interactions among the elements or particles, the dynamism that makes complementation possible, the dynamism that makes life possible, the dynamism that makes a synergized whole greater in quality and much greater in magnitude than the mere sum of its separate and unsynergized parts.

3. Synergism as Crucial Factor in Holarchies

The quantum leap that occurs when separate parts synergize, a leap that these parts now interacting would make together, and only in togetherness, exalts every single one of these parts that now are elements of a greater whole. The ranking in quality, in such quantum exaltation and value-added magnification, provides basis for synergies to be ranked as in a sort of hierarchy, which both Koestler and Wilber call holarchy. The word “holarchy” is coined and chosen over the word “hierarchy” for a deliberate reason, which I understand as this latter word’s being prone to be misinterpreted as a simple ranking of value. The word hierarchy, as we have gotten ac-customed to its usual usage, cannot clearly carry the sense of wholes being dependent on their parts for their very existence. Thus we have representatives of bigger synergies condescending upon smaller ones.

Still, I dare add that the phenomenon of holarchy is de-pendent on the operation of the principle of synergism. Without synergism, that is the creation of exalted and much greater re-alities from the coming together of smaller ones, such coming together of the parts will just be equal to the simple sum of the parts.

24

Page 25: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

When Henry A. Virkler, Ph.D., a professor of Psycholo-gy in the Palm Beach Atlantic College in Florida, USA, came across the word “non-summativity” intended to mean that the workings of the whole are greater than the sum of its parts, he said “I think the word ‘synergism,’ (i.e., that as two or more people interact they sometimes produce results that none of them would in isolation) is clearer than the word ‘nonsummativity.’”

Wilber does not use the word synergy. But a highly-successful ecological-enterprise leader in West Africa does. Fr. Godfrey Nzamujo of Benin not only mentions the synergism principle, he explains it in the quantum context, as he discusses the empowering shift from the Newtonian-Cartesian paradigm to the quantum paradigm. In a visit to the Philippines early in 2003, he presented at the Aquinas Research Complex of the University of Sto. Tomas a paper that explains something like a holarchy of interconnections:

“The solid material objects of classical physics dissolve at the subatomic level into wavelike patterns of probabilities. These patterns, moreover, do not represent probabilities of things but rather probabilities of interconnections. The subatom-ic particles have no meaning as isolated entities but can be understood only as interconnection or correlation among various processes of observations and measurements. Subatomic parti-cles are not “things,” but interconnections among things, and those, in turn, are interconnections among other things, and so on. In quantum physics, we do not end up with any “things”; we always deal with interconnections. So here, nature does not show us any isolated building blocks but rather appears as a complex web of interrelationsips among the various parts of unified whole. …”

Fr. Nzamujo’s paper presents a contrast between the “mechanistic view of the world” and the “systems view of reality.” The figure presented for the first one has its component

particles encircled, with this explanation for the “mechanistic view”: “This view is a collection of objects (which) interact with one another and hence there are relationships among them, but these relationships are secondary.” He explains that it is the lines connecting the particles that should be encircled, instead, and offers this explanation: “In the systems view, we realize that the objects themselves are networks of relationships embedded in larger networks. For the systems thinker, the relationships are primary. The boundaries of the discernible patterns (objects) are secondary.”

The paper says further down:

“According to the systems view, the essential properties of an organism, or living system, are properties of the whole, which none of the parts have (like sugar, for example). These arise from the interactions and relationships among the parts. CD Broad highlights this point with the term ‘emergent properties’ to indicate these properties that “emerge” at a certain level of complexity but do not exist at lower levels. These properties are destroyed when the system is dissected, either physically or theoretically into isolated elements.

“Although we can discern individual parts in any system, these parts are not isolated and the nature of the whole is always different from the mere sum of the parts. …Synergy! Principle of Synergy!

“What a revolution from the dominant western scientific thinking that ‘In every complex system the behavior of the whole can be understood entirely from the properties of its parts.’ This is the Central Concept in the Cartesian Paradigm, the celebrated Cartesian method of analytic thinking.

“The great shock of the twentieth century was that ‘systems cannot be understood by analysis.’ The properties of

25

Page 26: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

the parts are not intrinsic properties but can be understood only within the context of the larger whole.”

It is this innergy, the internal synergy of the parts, their dynamic interrelationships, that accounts for the synergy that, in turn, accounts for the levels in the holarchy. The dynamic interactions would differentiate a whole from a mere set (con-sisting of systems of subsets of subsets, etc.) that we study in algebra. They turn what is literally a mere collation of people, like the silent persons in an elevator or an inactive crowd, into a screaming mob or a wining team.

4. Layers of Information in Holography

Dr. Ibarra “Nim” Gonzalez teaches Semiotics (science of symbols in communication) under the Applied Cosmic Anthro-pology doctoral program of the Asian Social Institute, after a long stint as chairman of the Communications Department of the Ateneo de Manila University. He describes a hologram to be layer upon layer upon layer of information concentrated by superimposition on a single flat area, where each layer as viewed from a distinct angle shows information on how a three-dimensional object looks from that exact angle of view. Because there is some amount of distance between the two eyes of everyone of us, the two eyes are looking at the flat area from two different angles and are seeing two different layers of the holo-gram, exactly the way the two eyes triangulate to perceive depth in actual three-dimensional objects, thus producing a simulation of that triangulation and what we see as a convincing illusion as if the object being viewed were indeed three-dimensional.

How holograms are produced is something I won’t ven-ture to explain here. And in the light of Nim’s explanation, I don’t really know if the word hologram should also be used to refer to those three-dimensional images, with cathode-ray

television-screen texture, used in many episodes of the Star Wars series.

I view the set of layers of information synergized by su-perimposition to be a hologram, the way I view a set of still photos synergized by quick-paced strobe-succession to produce the convincing illusion of motion. Viewed on the big screen, the illusory motion really affects my mind (“fools it a bit for some moments”) and heartbeat (many times quickening its pace).

A stereophonic system produces for the mind-ears tan-dem an illusion as convincing as a hologram produces for the mind-eyes tandem.

While I know each one to be just playing with illusion, that is “fooling my mind a bit,” I know that the fooling is just “a bit” and I can afford to choose to just fully enjoy the experience. I can intellectually understand the illusions employed in “sensur-round” movies but I have yet to enjoy the actual experience of one. This makes me look forward to suspending my thinking about the multiple synergies involved and just enjoying that ex-perience.

I bring up here the matter of holograms for another rea-son. And this is related to the illustration on the cover of this book. I would have preferred to present the three figures of the human (the physical body, the ethereal body called Mind, and the Spirit) as three layers upon one reality, and they should all be in exactly the same spot. But while the “flatten image” com-mand in my PhotoShop program integrates all the distinct layers into one, the unified image shows basically just the first layer and only portions of the second layer that are not covered by the first, and only the portions of the third layer that are not covered by either the first or the second layer.

Only a hologram would allow such superimposition of complete images of all three layers with each layer accessible to

26

Page 27: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

the eyes from certain specific angles of viewpoint. I’ve seen a promotional sticker of Star Wars Episode One: Phantom Me-nace with a hologram superimposing the two images of Anakin Skywalker and Darth Vader.

But putting a hologram of whatever size on the cover of this book would make it quite expensive for my publisher to pro-duce and for readers to buy. So we just have to be contented with what I actually came up with for the cover illustration, showing three layers of the Human Holon in a triangular arrangement, with arrows to show motion towards precise superimposition. In Part Two I share my thoughts on the reality behind what I wanted to portray in the cover illustration in the first place.

5. Holon Quadrants in Evolution of Human Dynamics

The highly respected nationalist economist of contem-porary Philippines, Dr. Sixto K. Roxas compresses into a few paragraphs Ken Wilber’s application of the holon principle to the evolution of human dynamics. In his unppublished mono-graph, Sustainable Development and the National Interest: Intra-Country Regions and a Four-Quadrant Eight-Level View of Local Integration (May 18, 2002), “SKR” writes, with all underscoring in the original:

“Briefly, Ken Wilber takes the term coined by Koestler (The Ghost in the Machine) to subsume the universal charac-teristic of all things as made up of units, each a whole in itself, and a part of larger wholes. Holons have evolved over the millennia from the time of the ‘Big Bang’ along a trajectory tracing their passage toward greater and greater complexity and manifesting ever greater capacities and deeper and wider inter-connectedness.

“To trace that passage, the holons have to be viewed under a combination of four aspects: as individuals, and as

collectives, and as having external properties and internal struc-tures and functions. The combinations of four aspects describe four quadrants: the individual having two aspects, interior and exterior, and the collectives having their own interior and exterior aspects. The system describes four sets of combinations: an Upper-Right quadrant encompassing the exterior properties of the individual holon and an Upper-Left, the interior properties of the individual. A Lower-Left describes the interior elements of the collective and the Lower-Right the exterior-collective combination.

“Along each quadrant there is an axis marking the stages of development the holon undergoes from its simple origins to the higher degrees of complexity viewed from the quadrant’s perspective. These axes mark out stages that the internal and external functions, properties and structures of the individual and the collective holons have traced as physical particles, chemical elements and compounds, biological cells, organs, plant and ani-mal organisms, into human individuals, societies, clans, tribes, nations, empires, economies, trading networks and so on up the scale. That passage is viewed from four perspectives represented by each of the quadrants: individual external, individual inter-nal, collective internal and collective external.

“When applied to specific communities/organizations in a specific geographical space and along a particular historical time segment, the four perspectives provide an integral view of the development process. For the human societies, at every stage of development, there are physical, physiological, psychological, ideological, values and behavioral, organizational properties and patterns that are relevant to the understanding of the develop-ment process and its pathological aberrations.”

Dr. Roxas proceeds after these paragraphs to explain what he calls “Spiral Dynamics.” Readers interested to see Wil-

27

Page 28: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

ber’s full text, with graphic presentations, may read his second edition of A Brief History of Everything (2000), pp. 63-75.

6. Synergism as Reward for Re-membering?

Let me add my own recent thoughts about the operation of the synergism principle. I have come to believe in Oneness and Love as, in the words of Walsch, “all there is.” If indeed the cosmos is one seamless reality, oneness of all is the reality that does not have to be changed as we move everyone and every-thing to unite. All disconnections are in the mind, and the efforts for unity are all efforts to reawaken awareness to that constant reality, something like humans do not have to “go to the heaven” of blissful oneness but we just have to “wake up in it.”

The explanation and appreciation of the synergism prin-ciple may, therefore, be better if we note well that there is really no new value-added energy created from the coming together, just a new value-added energy realized, remembered, rediscov-ered.

So if we are to start from the seamless reality as the premise, we can see that the Oneness of All is of unimaginable power worthy of the full sense of the term “almighty.” Further, we see that all alienation and separation from the Oneness of All, the Great Whole, the Great Synergy of All Synergies and from one another drastically weakens us.

To use an analogy that is puny compared to the mag-nitudes we deal with in the previous paragraph, it’s something like plucking out John Lennon from the Beatles. We couldn’t have John Lennon himself anymore the way we had him before. And the Beatles as such could never be the same ever again.

To use another example much closer to my own experi-ence, it’s something like what happened when my column-writing partner was sick and there was even a gap between us. When I was writing the column item that had to be submitted on deadline time, but had to do it all alone in that situation, I felt so

weak and found it hard to produce enough sentences to make up even just half of what I had earlier felt “too limiting” as the maximum prescribed length for our joint-column submissions.

I was that time not half a two-member “super team”; that time there was no team at all to speak of. Before we teamed up I was already a prolific and even overly-self-confident writer. Was I in effect disempowered by the team-up into overdependence on it? I could not accept that, “No way!” And I proceeded to pro-duce what I could consider as a “good-enough” submission. But having experienced the enhancement of capability brought forth by the team-up, I had raised my standard of what to call a good output, including the enjoyment of the process of shaping it.

No, I had not been disempowered by years of synergy experience into overdependence on the team-up. I was given a reward, actually we were both rewarded, for teaming up. I think it was a clue of some sort saying we have been on the right track in re-membering and enjoyably experiencing a glimpse of the Oneness of All. I still have to get her view on this, though. But just to share a bit of a happy ending to that story, I want to assure you that the gap did not last very long, and our team emerged into existence anew, a lot stronger than before.

Ponder this: There is no such thing as half a helium atom.

PART TWO: SYNERGY OF PERSON DIMENSIONS

Virkler also agrees with the concept of characterizing humans as holons, i.e., that people are both a whole and part of a system simultaneously. This is the point of this entire work being titled “Human Holons: Power-Packed Synergies” and the last part being titled “Walking Nuggets and Magnets.”

28

Page 29: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

As a “walking nugget,” each human being is a very valuable synergy by itself, of value almost infinitely more times over than that human being’s “weight in gold.” On the other hand, as a “walking magnet,” each human is affected by magnetic fields all around, and creates one’s own magnetic field to affect all else, and the total picture is one of dynamic interaction among humans that create and characterize their synergies such as their families and friendships, their neighborhoods and communities, and commercial systems and arrangements for collective self-governance.

Each human is an organism, a cluster of differentiated cells, acting in a smooth symphony with the least intellectual supervision necessary. Cell colonies are clusters of identical cells that can cohere together for survival but are very unstable as groupings when compared to organisms.

As far as common turn-of-the-millennium reckoning is concerned, each human is a synergy of three person dimensions, namely, the body, the mind and the spirit. I have frequently described the human as a soul wearing a matter-energy body. This, until a student of mine countered by saying the human is the synergy of soul and body, and I had to agree. I still maintained, though, that the soul has apparently been the more decisive of the two elements because of these two elements’ respective developments across a stretch of time where the soul is immortal and the body, the very useful tool of the soul for experiencing earth life, grows old, dies and decomposes after it is left by the life-composing force of the soul.

Chapter 3: The Living Body— A Synergy

of Active BiosystemsTHE BODY itself is a great synergy of dynamic systems (like respiratory, circulatory, skeletal, muscular, digestive, nervous,

etc.), each of which is itself a synergy of organs (like the heart, arteries, veins, etc.), which are made up of widely varying tissues, each of which is a synergy of cells, with each cell being a synergy of molecules of organic elements and compounds, etc., etc., down in size to the atoms, atomic nuc-lei, protons, positrons, and so on. The body

is also a synergy of electrochemical and bio-physical systems.

Information lodged in the DNA of every cell carries as memory the evolution of each cell, or tissue or organ or system and therefore embraces a synergy of evolutionary processes, in dynamic interaction with widely varying kinds of climates and terrain.

1. A Crucially Vital Connection

One has only to breathe consciously while feeling her bloodpulse to be challenged to see the vital connection between the two ever-ongoing body processes we are, usually, totally unconscious of. We are sure to see the connection once we reaffirm the obvious fact that we do not breathe only so that our lungs could live, and the obvious fact that we do not eat only so that our stomachs and intestines could live. The whole set of intertwined systems is orchestrated so that all the living cells of the body, every single one of the millions and millions of cells of our bodies that we have mostly forgotten about, could eat, drink, breathe, and continue to live. Let us contemplate all our bodily systems, and pause for a moment of appreciation for them—could the body survive if any which one of these basic systems were not there?

29

Page 30: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Even with our knowledge of the larger holons synergiz-ing to form our body, I dare say we are all still almost absolutely ignorant about our body synergy. Even physicians have had the tendency to approximate working comprehension of very spe-cific functions and systems which are their respective specializa-tions. Teachers of Biology tend to focus on making sure their students get to memorize names and workings of very distinct parts but not really the living orchestration.

2. The Silent Synergy

Before I came across the essay of Dr. Phillip Bishop, professor of exercise physiology at the University of Alabama, I could not possibly have even imagined what he was saying. Bishop has served as a visiting scientist in the NASA Exercise Countermeasures Program at Johnson Space Center, Houston. He says this, in an essay “Evidence of God in Human Physio-logy: Fearfully and Wonderfully Made”:

“What are you doing right now? If your first answer was, ‘nothing’ you are badly mistaken. Right now while you sit quiet-ly, a myriad of wonderful events are taking place necessary for your survival. Right now your heart is beating. If you're in ave-rage physical condition, it beats between 60 and 70 times per minute, 93,000 times per day, 655,000 times per week, 34 mil-lion times per year, and 2.4 billion beats in the average lifetime. What's so amazing is that, most of the time, it fuels itself, paces itself, repairs itself, and alters itself in response to lifestyle chan-ges, with no conscious effort on your part. In addition to your heart, your liver is detoxifying your blood, your brain is storing away information, cells are being formed and cells are being destroyed, energy is being used and produced, and many other tasks vital to life and function all carry on in a wonderful, har-monious way.”

Further Bishop says:

“Your eyes, your ears, your heart, each of these together with its intricate function should inspire awe. The heart of man, from a functional viewpoint is a miracle of performance. Through a complex nervous and hormonal feedback regulation system, the heart and circulatory system maintain the exactly correct rate and output to supply the correct blood flow for both the mara-thoner and the couch potato. The parts of you that are func-tioning at any particular time receive a share of blood in propor-tion to their need, and those that are resting quietly receive their carefully metered due.

“Your nervous system, too, is marvelously complex. It has the ability to communicate the feel of pain resulting from in-tense pressure, yet adapts appropriately to the pressure of sitting or standing without distracting neural traffic. A nervous system just like yours precisely controls the muscles of the concert pia-nist playing Chopin, the baseball slugger making contact with 98 mph fastball, and the gymnast performing a triple somersault to a precise landing.

“Your red blood cells, which ‘incidentally’ happen to be the ideal shape for transporting oxygen, are manufactured and destroyed at an incredible rate. Approximately 10 million red blood cells are made every hour, and an equal number destroyed. If either supply or destruction becomes out of synchrony by as little as 1%, before long, your life ends due to anemia, or poly-cythemia, which is to say, your blood gets so thin that oxygen transport is insufficient or it gets so thick that it can no longer circulate. Blood clotting is similarly complex requiring coordi-nated function of at least 11 chemical factors. Should blood clot too readily or should clots which are formed fail to dissolve, you die. Should it clot too slowly, again the result is death. Our body contains hundreds of complex feedback loops whose precision and reliability are vital to life. Even the most talented design engineer would be reluctant to undertake such a complicated

30

Page 31: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

project. Too, the margin for error isn't very great. Without know-ing it, we tread a very narrow path where the smallest error produces death. Fortunately, the vast majority of the time, we are not penalized for our ignorance.”

This wonderful orchestration, which I call body synergy, is established at conception, when the mother’s ovum, with only half of the mother’s DNA is penetrated and fertilized by a sperm cell carrying only half of the father’s DNA. The two halves join up in a single cell, and a new person emerges in that physical merger. We return to discuss further this miracle of the emerg-ence of a new life incarnation towards the ending of Part Two of this book.

What powers this synergy? In The Complete System of Self-Healing: Internal Exercises (San Francisco, California, Tao Publisjing, 1996, p. 32), Dr Stephen Chang likens the human body itself to an electrolytic battery, composed of three parts: (1) the structure, referring to the cells, tissues and the organs, and all other physical structures that they form; (2) the intra- and inter-cellular liquids that play important roles in the phenomenon of generating and conducting electrical energy; and (3) the electric charge that activates the body and its structures, and is called different names, like, “life force” or “Chi,” “life energy,” “spirit,” or “electromagnetism. “Of the three components, the last – electrical energy – is least understood since its presence is not immediately obvious to the naked eye,” Dr. Chiang says, adding that: “Electrical energy is detected only in a roundabout way. Because it is most obvious when it is absent.” If there is a partial absence of energy in the body, weakness or disease invades and grasps hold of the body. “When there is a total absence of vital energy, there is death.”

Harmony in fully-functioning synergy is like the very quiet purr of a machine where no parts are worn-out or mis-aligned. This quiet synergy is the status of ease in healthy

bodies; malfunctions in the system brings about the gasps, whezes, coughs and knocks an engine makes when it is no longer a “new and well-oiled machine.” And without smooth and quiet ease, there is dis-ease.

3. Dead Cells and Living Things

Living cells are the ones that actualize the properties of being alive in the classic biological sense. The cells, and their synergies called tissues, and the synergies of tissues called organs, and so on, are the ones that breathe, eat, digest, repro-duce, and eventually die, all activities that are exclusive to what we call “living things.” But wait! The living body combines both the living and the dead.

Now, what makes me say that? Because some important parts of your living body are dead cells. All your hair, apart from the roots, are dead cells. So is the epidermis, the outermost layer of the skin. So are fingernails and toenails. All these have protected members of the animal kingdom either from the elements or from their predators or from both. Neither is this confined to the animal kingdom. Tree barks are dead cells. Pushed outward by the growth of the living cells in the meristematic region, they get all cracked up while staying together among themselves and with the living cells in an obvious synergy of functions.

But isn’t the whole tree alive? And would a living tree be complete and survive without the dead cells that make up its armor called bark? Would any animal be alive if there were no “non-living” water at all in its stomach, apart from all that water making up the bulk of its living cells?

This is where the nature of a part is essentially deter-mined by the nature of the whole, in the quantum context ex-plained by Fr. Nzamujo as quoted extensively in an earlier sec-tion. To be an essential and working part of a living system is to

31

Page 32: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

be alive. In this same quantum context, we can see the blurring of distinction between what high school Biology simplistically classifies as living and “non-living” things. Why do I put the latter term between quotation marks? Because its supposed status as “non-living” is, at best, controversial and increasingly getting debunked.

4. The Whole World Alive

If in this sense, therefore, we can consider to be alive the oxygen in the cells and the oxygen in the lungs, because these form part of a living animal, what about the oxygen that has left the exhaling plant but has not yet been breathed in by that ani-mal? Do we say that the oxygen is alive while inside the plant, then it dies after it gets expelled by the stomata, and then begins to live again in the animal’s nasal cavity? No! We can say that it never left the living thing, which is the synergy between the plant and the animal. The two organisms in life-partnering synergy, called symbiosis, make up a system the same way a pair of stars so “far apart” make up a single binary system. This symbiotic system is actually part of a much larger and much complex living system called the “ecosystem” or “web of life.” The web of life does not merely weave together living organ-isms, the web of life is itself alive! The entire, contiguous, syn-ergetic, ecosystem is alive!

According to inventor-scientist James Lovelock, Earth is alive and functions like a superorganism in which living things interact with geophysical and chemical processes to maintain conditions suitable for life. Lovelock's theory, named the “Gaia Hypothesis” after the ancient Mother Earth goddess of Greek mythology, is a revival of the theory first put forward by James Hutton in 1785, with one major difference: at the time Lovelock was heard out and given a standing ovation by the American Geophysical Union in 1988, science was already in possession of tools to explore some of the vast interactions that govern glo-

bal systems. (Source: Eugene Linden, “How the Earth Maintains Life,” Time Magazine, Nov. 13, 1989.)

As an organism, Earth is said to have all its waters — contiguous in all three forms — as its grand circulatory system, the ground which harbors all the animals as its digestive system, etc. etc. And what has the Earth got for its mind? Let’s save that for later.

Yes, I firmly believe that the ecosystem itself, with all its component and dynamically interacting parts, is alive! The planetary ecosystem called Earth is alive, and we have also named her “Gaia.”

5. ‘ElectroChemical Machine’

To be an essential and working part of a living system is to be alive. It is however foolhardy to conclude that we can conclusively extrapolate the essence of life of the living body by analyzing from the perceivable charactertistics of the parts of that living body. It is foolhardy to view electrochemical pro-cesses in the functioning of a healthy heart, for example, and view the electrochemical processes of the brain and the nerves, and then confidently, even arrogantly, conclude that the living body is simply an “electrochemical machine.”

Even if we were to acknowledge the somewhat mys-terious workings of magnetism and various fields and energies, we cannot afford to be that dismissive of the still-unknown but consequent realities behind the workings of the living body and say with an air of total certainty: “the living body is simply an electrochemical machine.” After all, the most advanced of our bio-technical sciences have not fully understood what, precisely, is the “life force.” We can only describe it, acknowledge whe-ther it is still there from one patient case to another. But we still don’t know what “makes it tick.”

32

Page 33: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Mentally reducing a partially-perceived reality to the confines only of those parts of the reality that are perceivable is reductionism. Both the noble attempts of medical professionals to palliate, to manage uncomfortable or destructive symptoms, and the noble attempts to “cure the root causes” of those symp-toms, may all just be in the realm of symptoms, after all, of pal-liation of shallow symptoms and deep symptoms. Without fully understanding the life force, we cannot really know for sure. So while I thank the doctors for all their efforts, I cannot easily go along with the belief within the profession and in broader society that they cure me, that they are the ones curing me, or that I am really getting cured.

In his book, A Guide to Creative, Responsive and Self-Reliant Medicine (Manila: Anvil, 1995), Joaquin G. Tan ob-serves:

“The root problem orthodox medical science faces then is directly connected with this reductionist image of the human being. Since we are all affected by this reductionist view, we must think through and take a stand on what kind of being we truly are: a biochemical one or a four-fold interweaving being…. The first image cannot heal and will ultimately reduce the human being into its limited chemical material image. The battle for the 21st century is then a battle for the true image of the hu-man being. Medicine is only one arena of human life where this battle is raging. In agriculture, psychology, sociology and other sciences involving life, a revolution in thinking and practice is underway.

“Whatever we discern ourselves to be will determine not only our disease or health tendencies and the kind and conduct of therapy but also the way we will bring the rest of humanity towards a certain direction in evolution. Clearly, the biochemical image of the human being (if we allow it to continue as the leading thought of development particularly in medicine), will

bring humanity towards self-mutilation and self-destruction. Thus this identity crisis is critical and each one's stance is equal-ly crucial. Once this direction is resolved in each individual, he or she must militantly stand by it and live it or else others will push for their own version, consciously or unconsciously, with all their power and might.

“For those who have the will to take a stand, this true image must then guide one towards adjusting one's lifestyle, work situation, and relationships to be worthy of such an image. It should give one the insight to help others to get rid of their blinders and together work in dismantling the illusion-making structures that exist. We should replace them with new structures and relationships worthy of the true human being.”

There are indicators that Humankind is going in that direction. Large groups of people are rediscovering the wisdom of indigenous knowledge systems and traditional health care modalities, paying more due reverence to the “primitive” tribal guardians of these modalities, and increasingly wisening up to the lucrative business angles behind well-funded campaigns to discredit holistic health practices that no longer depend on dip-loma-carrying professionals or on factory-made and chemical-based medicines.

More and more people are increasingly prepared to pay full heed to these words of Tan in his work just cited:

Chapter 4:Mind—Energies Comprehending and Appreciating Experiences

THE VERY soft gray matter called the brain is thought to be the “hardware,” and the “program software” is even much softer —

it is actually a non-matter reality (or

33

Page 34: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

“matter” in the form of energy). The “data software” is composed of all the memories, thoughts, ideas, etc. that the mind can store, retrieve, combine, synthesize, analyze, and judge in terms of veracity and significance. It combines the operation of the electrochemical operations of the brain, which is part of the body, and the whispers from the innermost real self, called the spirit, barely discernible under the noise of information gluts and near-total preoccupation with the involving tasks of rational analysis.

The mind has been compared to a precisely configured bundle of energies functioning as an energy distribution and utilization system, a mobilizer of certain physical body subs-tances into the body which register as emotions and feelings, a datafiles storage system we know as memory, a data analysis center, and an analysis-reprogramming center.

As a precisely-configured bundle involving electric, elec-tromagnetic and electrochemical triggers for these and for our densely-physical body functions, the mind or psyche resides in our psychic or ethereal body, where the energy patterns create definite markings and emit wave patterns in the etheric medium.

1. The Energy-Ethereal Body

This ethereal-energy nature of the psychic body also includes the aura, which is usually seen as a faint glow of color extending some inches outward from the densely-physical body beyond the skin, chakras or centers of energy, from which points we make our choices and decisions (we go back to this later), and the energy channels that have been thoroughly mapped for acupuncture healing.

About the aura, W.E. Butler in How to Read the Aura, (Northamploshire, England: The Aquarian Press, 2nd edition, 1979, p. 10), tells us of at least two that a person can have: the more commonly seen and what relatively is practically unseen.

Interpreting the dictionary definition of aura (as a “psy-chic electro-vital and electro-mental effluvium,” Butler says: “It is now well established that all activities of our physical body are associated with electric currents which circulate throughout the organs, and which actually form a definite electric ‘field’ around us. … So we have in and around us an ‘electrical field of force’ which make up a composite emanation which we call the ‘aura.’ Although the term is one which is objected to by those who have had training as physicists, there is a name already in use, and this is the ‘etheric aura.’”

Further down (p. 13), Butler writes: “Occultists claim that, as well as controlling the intake and egress of physical ma-terial from the body, the etheric body also draws vital energy, or Prana from the sun or other other forms of energy from the earth itself, for use in the living economy of the body cells. These energies circulate throughout the etheric body and its dense material counterpart, and having supplied the needs of the organism, they are radiated out of the etheric body in a particular haze which extends all round the body for some inches beyond its surface. This haze, which is usually the first part of the aura to be seen, is known as the etheric aura. Since the etheric body is so closely connected with all the vital processes of the (dense-ly-physical) body, the appearance which the etheric aura pre-sents is usually a good guide to the physical health of the person concerned….”

Dr. Stephen Chang (The Complete System of Self-Heal-ing: Internal Exercises [San Francisco, California: Tao Publish-ing, 1986, p. 32.], corroborates this. He says energy “can be seen by the naked eye to emanate from the body and act as an indicator of health… The colors of the aura have been deter-mined to be reflective of the owner’s health and energy level. Light clear colors indicate good health and high energy levels. Dark heavy colors indicate disease. The color of death is black.”

34

Page 35: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Butler (p. 16) also talks “what we may describe as the ‘spiritual aura,’ and here the area over which it extends beyond the (densely-physical) body varies from a few feet in the case of (spiritually) unevolved people to yards or even miles in the case of highly developed people. It is said in the East that the spiritual aura of the Lord Gautama Buddha extended by two hundred miles, and they say that this whole planet is held in the aura of the very great Being. This is also Christian teaching, though it is usually restricted to the presence of Deity: ‘In Him we live and move and have our being.’”

Let’s talk about the chakras.

Butler (1979, p. 35) shares with us a comparison and contrast of two schools of thought on chakras. Butler writes: the “general occult teaching is that the etheric body draws vitality from the sun and distributes it to the various parts of the body. Another teaching, the western esoteric one, teaches that the etheric body is drawing energy not only from the sun but from the earth as well.” This western thinking, which Butler considers to be “a fuller exposition of what happens in this drawing in of vitality, affirms that there are certain points within the etheric body, all located along the spinal column, through which this dual stream of energy is passed into the physical body. This is also taught in the other school, but the number of nature and number of ‘distribution ponts’ of chakras, as they are termed in the east, are differently described in the two systems.

Butler continues: “In ordinary theosophical teaching, there are said to be seven of these chakras or ‘centers,’ namely, the center above the head known generally as the ‘thousand–pe-talled lotus,’ the center between the eyes, the throat center, the heart center, the solar plexus center, the spleen center and the sacral center at the base of the spine. In the western teraching, the centers are given as the center above the head, the center at the throat, the heart center, the sex centre, and the center below

the feet. (In both systems the center above the head is located in that part of the aura which extends above the head, and in the western system the center below the feet is also said to be in in that part of the aura which extends downwards below the soles of the feet.)’

The mind also carries the “data files” in the crudest form simply for storage purposes. But absolutely thorough this data-storage function is. All data fed by all the senses are stored in the memory banks of the brain (memory is also stored elsewhere, like in the DNA sequence, as discussed in chapter 10), but there are varying degrees of facility in memory retrieval due to a large number of intervening factors including age and particular state of mental alertness (whether or not one is sleepy, intoxicated, or mentally exhausted), but everything is stored and can be called forth by speaking to the psychic body through hypnosis or other means.

The mind also carries feelings and emotions in the form of understood thoughts or of half-conscious thoughts. Butler (1979, p. 16) shares this insight on the interrelationship of mind’s mental operation and the matter of emotion which we associate with separate parts of the body, that is, respectively, the brain and the heart, but are actually “all in the mind”:

“I think we may safely say that seldom indeed do we think without some admixture of emotion, and seldom do we react emotionally without some thought entering into the pro-cess. The two aspects of consciousness – emotion and mind – are closely linked together….”

The mind is a basic human faculty for “making sense of” one’s own experiences and appreciating each one negatively or positively. With the mind, one somehow understands and appre-ciates one’s own direct experiences and other people’s experi-ences shared by various means. There can be appreciation with

35

Page 36: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

deep feeling, as in direct experiences, and also appreciation in terms only of considering an experience (usually a vicarious one) a chunk of information just important enough to store on file under an active folder in your mental hard drive. And yes, the human mind also stores (memorizes) and analyzes (it thinks), things that human-made tools like computers and calculators can do much faster and more accurately, but without appreciating. The mind is also the basic human faculty for experiencing appre-ciation.

Computers can never learn appreciation. Moreover, the mind is wont to value more the person’s direct experiences than all other sorts of relatively irrelevant data a computer operator makes it process (“garbage in”) and has no capacity for any such valuation. All professional assurances that “This won’t hurt one bit” cannot convince the mind of one who had earlier actually experienced being traumatically hurt by an injection needle. You can make him read all the books and Internet downloads telling him the shot is not supposed to “hurt one bit” and his past experience will still dominate his mind.

“Mind and body must be as one,” says Surf Reyes, who presented a paper before the Lambat-Liwanag Conference on Light-Seeking and Light-Sharing Education. “People who have become attached to the thinking process, suffer the loss of synchronization of body and mind. You see people eating while thinking of problems. Their bodies are in the present, breathing, walking, etc., while their minds are in the past or the future, regretting and worry ing, analyzing and planning in the virtual reality of thought. Even in bed at night, the body remains restlessly awake while the mental process uncontrollably continues. There is stress, dis-ease. In this state of fragmentation, of internal conflict, being in the awesome miracle of creation is ignored. Ignoring turns to ignorance.” @@@

He adds: “This brings us to the need to redefine the term ‘intelligence.’ True intelligence certainly can not be measured, and the term ‘I.Q.’ is a typical example of verbal delusion. The intellect only appears to have intelligence, much like a computer. It has no intelligence of its own, like the moon does not have its own light but merely reflects light from the sun. True intelligence is creative consciousness. It expresses itself on a practical level in creative work, in unconditional love, and in knowing how to live in unconditional happiness. However much they know, those who can love or be happy only if certain conditions exist cannot be said to have intelligence. They are enslaved by conditions and consequently, by fear, pain and suffering. And if that be intelligence, then what use do we have for it?”

2. Synergetic Accumulation of Individual Thoughts

Ayn Rand speaks about “Conceptual Integrations.” She writes: “Philosophy is a system of ideas. By its nature as an integrating science, it cannot be a grab bag of isolated issues. All philosophic questions are interrelated. One may not, therefore, raise any such questions at random, without the requisite context. If one tries the random approach, then questions (which one has no means of answering) simply proliferate in all directions. ….The difference between an infant’s mental state and yours lies in the number of conceptual integrations your mind has performed. You have no choice about the necessity to integrate your observations, your experiences, your knowledge into abstract ideas, i.e., into principles.” (underscoring supplied)

And R. Buckminster Fuller says: “Children conduct their spontaneous explorations and experiments with naive perceptivity. They have an innate urge first subjectively to sort out, find order in, integratively comprehend, and synergetically memory-bank their experience harvests as intertransformability system sets. Thereafter they eagerly seek to demonstrate and

36

Page 37: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

redemonstrate these sets as manifest of their comprehension and mastery of the synergetic realizability of the system's physical principles. Consequently children are the only rigorously pure physical scientists. They accept only sensorially apprehensible, experimentally redemonstrable physical evidence.”

I would add that the intellectualization of the separative ego comes to a child being applauded by current society to have reached the “age of reason.” At this age, the child imbibes a rationality that rejects the reality of anything that is not measurable and perceptible by any of only five of the human senses. With human civilization having gained confidence in the collective mastery of these only five senses, the level of confidence has grown to the level of absolute certainty that whatever cannot be so perceived by any of these only five senses are not real and that whatever cannot be understood and established by human science cannot be accepted as real. A child then learns to take her or his individual self as a completely separate entity that interacts with everyone and everything around him or her, being wary of some and being friendly to others, on the basis only of self-interest, and to look at human groupings only as human-created mental constructs for purely practical selfish interests.

Upon reaching this so-called “age of reason,” the child begins to stubbornly reject the reality or importance of all that society’s only five senses and finite brain-use cannot grasp and consider as acceptable reality. In short, we can say that when a child reaches the “age of reason” he or she becomes unreason-able. Honest admission of reasonable levels of uncertainty with-out the drive to find out fast, and the appreciation of exhilarating experiences without intellectual comprehension, are discou-raged. Wonderment and imagination, and appreciation of what is indescribable in society’s very limited existing vocabulary, are

to be ignored or at least increasingly “outgrown.” No wonder Peter Pan has refused to grow up!

There is this novel, The Little Prince by Antoine de Saint-Exupéry, which has been described as a mirror held up to us, telling us how far we have strayed from the in-born wisdom of the child. Since recently, the pejorative term “childish” has had an appropriately positive twin: child-like.

3. Synergetic Accumulation of Collective (Social) Thoughts

Ken Wilber (A Brief History of Everything, Second Ed., 2000, pp. 15-16) offers this explanation of a profound process:

“The human at birth is not yet socialized into any sort of moral system—it is ‘preconventional.’ The human then learns a general moral scheme that represents the basic values of the society it is raised in—it becomes ‘conventional.’ And with even further growth, the individual may come to reflect on his or her society and thus gain some modest distance from it, gain a capacity to criticize it or reform it—the individual is to some degree ‘postconventional.’

“Thus, although the actual details and the precise meanings of that development sequence are still hotly debated, everybody pretty much agrees that something like those three broad stages do indeed occur, and occur universally. These are orienting generalizations: they show us, with a great deal of agreement, where the important forests are located, even if we can’t agree on how many trees they contain.

“My point is that if we take these types of largely-agreed-upon orienting generalizations from various branches of knowledge—from physics to biology to psychology to theology—and if we string these orienting generalizations together, we will arrive at some astonishing and often-profound conclusions, conclusions that, as extraordinary as they might be, nonetheless embody nothing more than our already-agreed-upon knowledge.

37

Page 38: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

The beads of knowledge are already accepted, it is only necessary to string them together as a necklace.”

Victor McGill shares his own insights on Wilber’s basic concepts. He says, in this portion of a download from McGill’s website.

“Aristotle first developed the idea of thesis, antithesis and synthesis. Hegel later rephrased this as a “Dialectic.” Whenever something new arises (thesis), such as when we arrive at a new level of being, a shadow will also develop that seems to contradict it (as its antithesis). These two opposing aspects must be understood from a more encompassing understanding that embraces both the thesis and the antithesis (synthesis). This process describes how growth along the spectrum of consciousness happens.

“We begin on something new. We struggle to understand it. Wilber calls this stage pre-conventional. As we do come to understand it we become conventional. But, as we come to understand it, the antithesis appears and we realise the thesis was not fully correct and we must move on to the post-conventional when we go beyond the previous understanding - and the synthesis.”

McGill gives as an example the entire epoch since slavery first appeared in the pre-conventional stage and it appeared to be a wonderful new innovation, much better than simply killing fellow-humans defeated in war.

Slavery, he says, enabled structures like the pyramids to be built and was unquestionably accepted as an integral part of the social fabric of societies for several more millennia - it was conventional all that time. Eventually we came to realize that slavery was not a good thing – the human race reached the post-conventional stage — and slavery was abolished, albeit not quite

easily (it caused the American civil war), but decisively and permanently.

4. The Empowering Paradigms

The unifying, embracive and empowering paradigms or frameworks of thought and behavior are being proposed to the Philippine academe and society as a whole by the Lambat-Liwanag Network of Centers for Empowering Paradigms. These are promoted as alternatives to currently-dominant paradigms that are divisive, eclectic, and disempowering. They were earlier collated and created by the SanibLakas Foundation, which convened this mainly-academe-based network under its program thrust for Human Development and Harmony. By the Foundation’s act of collating these as underpinned by the principle of synergism, the movements and organizations separately advocating equivalents of these paradigms are given the basis for pursuing their separate efforts together, thus synergizing them to pack more power than they separately ever had before.

It has long been observed that the currently-dominant paradigms tend to divide people, things, and human concerns into disconnected or even conflicting groupings or categories. The currently-dominant paradigms restrict the growth and actualization of the human potential in most people. Thus divided and stunted, these people are vulnerable to domination and exploitation.

The Empowering Paradigms remove artificial and unnecessary walls of division placed among people, things, and human concerns. They promote strong synergies among diverse factors/elements with commonality as basis of unity and diversity as the enriching dynamic force (not at all as a problem to solve or as anything to tolerate). They support the return of total human growth toward the full rediscovery and realization

38

Page 39: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

of the human potential. Thus the Empowering Paradigms are deemed most helpful for the full flowering of the human potential, for individual self-actualization and the continuing collective evolution of human civilization. They promote total human development and harmony.

A few examples: “Holistic Health Care,” instead of the currently-dominant eclectic, overspecialized or narrow health-care systems; “Deep Ecology and Harmony with Nature,” instead of wanton environment destruction or, at best, purely human-needs-centered, utilitarian view of environment; “Light-Seeking and Light-Sharing Education,” instead of the current data-focused, teacher-centered, grades-indicated, competition-driven, purely-intellectual educational approaches; “Civics and Democratic Governance” instead of the condescending accommodation of token “citizen participation” in the affairs of government.

Lambat-Liwanag Network did not invent these paradigms, but merely tried to sharply articulate certain ideals that are both achievable and very desirable, in contrast to the currently-existing paradigms. The Empowering Paradigms are therefore nothing new. What the Lambat-Liwanag Network may have been able to contribute is pointing out the threads of con-sistency among these and also among the paradigms that we want them to supplant.

One afternoon in October 2001, the University of Sto. Tomas hosted a Lambat-Liwanag general conference on all the paradigms, and these were discussed simultaneously by para-digm-specific workshop groups. In June 29 the following year, the network started a monthly series of 15 paradigm-specific conferences, with each paradigm given plenary focus for a longer period. Before each of these paradigm-specific con-ferences is over, we form and commission a Lambat-Liwanag task force on the paradigm concerned. By the time the entire

series ends sometime in September 2003, we will be having 15 task forces all working to further enrich, refine, propagate, and, mainstream them.

Beyond using words, the best way to fight for freedom is to will ourselves to be free and start behaving accordingly. Be-yond explanations, the best way to promote any ideal is to joyfully live that ideal. Beyond all our work, as the Network Council, paradigm task forces, member-entities, etc., the best way really for us to refine, propagate and mainstream the Empowering Paradigms is to write them out daily, from moment to moment, with our very own thoughts, words and deeds.

The titles and component points of all the “15 Empowering Paradigms” are presented in the Appendices section of this book. But I want to underscore here that all these titles uphold and describe synergies and that is what makes each of these paradigms empowering. They either show tandems, where I underline here the conjuction “and”, or place crucially-important synergy-oriented qualifiers (which I italicize here), in these examples: “Sense of History and Sense of Mission” (Paradigm 4, which should not be allowed to bore us with historical details, because the point is, and only is, the dynamic relationship between sense of history and sense of mission, not either nor both of them separately); “Gender Sensitivity, Equal-ity and Harmony”(Paradigm, 8, where the term gender harmony is not supposed to be mistaken simply as a substitute for women’s liberation, although the paradigm should include that); “Holistic Health” (Paradigm 2, where even the word health consciously revives the sense of wholeness that should be intrinsic in it); “Human Dignity and Harmony: Human Rights and Peace” (Paradigm 14); Associative Economics, Social Capital and Sustainable Development”(Paradigm 10); “Syn-aesthetics: Art From the Heart” (Paradigm 15). The paradigm title “Mutual Enrichment of Families and Friendships,” is not

39

Page 40: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

referring to families or to friendships as separate topics both of which have already been discussed and belabored to death, but is precisely referring to the dynamic mutuality of enrichment.

Talking about friendships alone without relating this topic to family dynamics, or talking about families alone, without relating this topic to friendships, or talking about aesthetics without the need to break down two sets of divisive walls, or talking about culture without bringing in the role of the community itself as its ultimate creator, have all been ongoing for the past decades, comfortably within and even in support of the disempowering dominant paradigms. Doing any of that does not even touch the empowering paradigms.

This view may have started off as my own personal view long ago, and I am glad that it has very long ago stopped being a personal passion that can die completely if I were to die tomorrow morning or even within the next hour, something none of us has any control over. The very good news is that this sharp clarity, along with the needed passion to pursue it, has been categorically adopted together in the very first and in the succeeding meetings of the Lambat-Liwanag Network Council, which has collectively adopted adjustments in the paradigm titles and component points, the only body authorized to adopt such changes for the network. The Council does not meet often, but when it does, all its members commit to devote quality time in passing upon the policies and recommendations on the agenda because the whole network is officially committed to what the Council approves.

We have indeed come a long way from the time the passion for pushing these paradigms through was perhaps mostly a personal one, for Lambat-Liwanag as an organization has turned this determination into a movement of the “expanding we.” To mistake this as a personal view of this author is therefore to insult the Network itself. And my very recent

formal exit from the Council as Network convenor (to continue relating afterwards only as lead consultant, while focusing on other synergism-oriented networks) should underscore this point.

This is the reason why efforts have had to be exerted to make the Lambat-Liwanag paradigm-specific conferences and the task forces they create very much aware of this crucially-important point: that the living application of the principle of synergism in these areas of human and social concern is the niche and raison d’etre (reason for being) of Lambat-Liwanag, the mainly-academe-based alliance, and of all the research work it seeks to dynamically-direct and orchestrate. All other purposes of the alliance are to be merely supportive of and secondary to this focus. Otherwise, Lambat-Liwanag will become still another addition to the already overcrowded world of “do-everything-good” and “research-everything-worth-knowing” entities, and Lambat-Liwanag would have no unique value for human development and harmony, and no reason to exist.

Since the subculture within the academe can be expected to be already accustomed to the disempowering state of affairs, and considering the state of the educational system in most countries including the Philippines (as discussed by Alvin Toffler in his The Third Wave), the academe as a social institution is expected to confront our efforts with multifaceted and even subliminal resistance. For example, the academe or individual academic institutions or individual professionals, for example, may choose to meet the concepts of challenge of “phenomenological research” or even the quantum paradigm, with a closed mind, even with self-righteous contempt, and continue to uphold the Cartesian-Newtonian frameworks making hard statistical data the only indicator of acceptable truths.

Such a heavy task, therefore, of seeking to inject the empowering paradigms into the academe challenges all its

40

Page 41: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

leading proponents to have two things: (1) very sharp clarity of mind and heart on the essence and basic points of the empowering paradigms (which they might at any point overconfidently feel they have already known fully from the very start), and (2) much patience so that the work, despite all the big and small subcultural, institutional and personal obstacles, can be pursued, even if gradually, on the basis of firmly uniting on such very sharp clarity.

Aside from relating with the academe, all researches and social conclusions collected by Lambat-Liwanag ought to be viewed in living synergy with praxis on the personal level. This is the synergy of the whole LightShare program of the SanibLakas ng Taonbayan Foundation in partnership with the Lambat-Liwanag Network which was spun-off to full organi-zational autonomy from the Foundation in February 2003. The Foundation’s “Mandates of Program Thrusts and Programs: Clarifications, Refinements and Updates,” issued in January 2003 states:

“Develop (research, collate, refine) and popularize the synergism-oriented paradigm shifts for human development and harmony for personal appli cation , and for academ ic adoption and social application. Both the personal and the academic com-ponents of this process and of all its subprocesses have to be intertwined in synergy, the personal component being the experi-ential basis and ultimate usefulness of the output, and mobilizing the academic component as the broad and prestigious social-mainstreaming mechanism, which would otherwise remain in the full service of effectively perpetuating the dominant (re-strictrive and divisive) paradigms.” (emphasis in the original)

This mandate is in a much broader synergy-oriented framework of pushing forward human development and har-mony. The same document quoted above says the following about this thrust:

SanibLakas shall seek to “(e)ducate and facilitate for synergy as many people as possible, in the shortest time possible, to popularize and apply the synergism-oriented paradigm shifts for per sonally-rooted human development and harmony,” thus promoting human individual and collective actualization, empowerment and harmony. (underscoring in the original)

Yes, the synergism principle and its empowering applications in the various areas of human concern can only be valuable if active and felt in personally-rooted human development as the underpinning for broader and broader human synergies.

5. Value of Experience in the Learning Process

Conventional Christianity had many defects, in the view of Martin Luther, so he had not just one but as many as 95 new theses nailed to the church door. Teilhard de Chardin had his own new theses. Both men had to suffer the antithesis in the form of expulsion and persecution from the powerful Church organization, before members of the Second Vatican Ecumenical Council saw the light of synthesis and much of what the two had said has since been officially integrated in the contemporary teachings of the Catholic Church.

One cannot simply lament the terrible mistakes of the past, as in the record of the Christian Church in, for example, persecuting Copernicus and Galileo for opposing the “flat-world” geocentric dogma, or wish subjunctively that human wisdom could leap directly toward the correct perceptions and analyses. The period of official ignorance, once such darkness of ignorance ends, adds to the profoundness and weight of the lesson learned. Publicly admitted or not, the debacle must have taught many powerful people the value of honest humility.

41

Page 42: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Edison is said to have discovered almost 300 ways how not to make a lightbulb before he discovered how to success-fully make one. And Robert Kiyosaki writes in his Rich Dad’s Cashflow Quadrant (Warner Books, 1998, p. 232.): “Just inside every problem lies an opportunity… inside every disappointment lies a priceless gem of wisdom. Whenever I hear someone say. ‘I’ll never do that again,” I know I am listening to someone who has stopped learning. They have let their disappointments stop them. Disappointment has turned into a wall erected among them instead of a foundation from which to grow taller.”

Swedish tennis player Bjorn Borg, who won six French Opens and five-straight Wimbledons (1976-80), once said: “My greatest point is my persistence. I never give up in a match. However down I am, I fight until the last ball. My list of mat-ches shows that I have turned a great many so-called irretriev-able defeats into victories.”

These are happy stories. There are tragic ones, resulting from inability to get over traumatic failures in childhood and youths. Some of these stories involve trained animals. Jim Dor-nan, initiator of the super-successful “Network 21” alternative marketing and education system, said this in one of his inspirational tapes, titled Posture:

“The world is full of stories like this. In the circus world there’s a story of the elephants in their early youth chained with big chains to big stakes so they won’t leave. And you know, circus elephants are then able to be kept in captivity with small little ropes and small little sticks. Because they had learned so well as babies that that they couldn’t free their legs from this chain that they will not try as grown elephants to free their legs when all they’d have to do is take a step and it would break. But they are so conditioned And there are stories written about elephants that have died in circus fires, chained only by a small rope and a small stick. And all they would have has to do is to

walk out But because they were so sure it wouldn’t work, they just stood there and allowed themselves to perish because they had been conditioned in their youth it was not possible to move that leg, because they tried before.”

Dornan used the parallelism to underscore that in the business system he started, that has grown worldwide and made thousands of people in various countries happy millionaires. The difference between those who succeeded in the business and those who failed was that the latter ones quit after initial dif-ficulties they were dead sure they could never recover from. Initial failure should always be a challenge to learn more and do better the next time, Dornan said. Apparently Bjorn Borg became what he is in the world of sports because he took up such a challenge instead of letting himself be drowned by early difficulties.

Some of a novel’s episodes can really be tear-jerking dramas, but the entire novel can be a happy one; in the same vein, some parts of a process may indeed look ugly, sound ugly and feel ugly, but the entire process, a “synergy of episodes,” may well be very beautiful. Such may be the process of learning, the process of moving from not knowing to knowing, a process that may pass through long periods of earnestly mistaking some falsehoods for the truth.

Experience has a crucial role in the learning process, in fact I would dare say it is the only real teacher. For example, experience is the only factor in the discernment of reality through the smokescreen of perceptions.

As the last speaker in the launching lecture series of SoPHIA (SOcial Praxis Holistically Integrating Asia), held in commemoration of the Ruby Anniversary of the Asian Social Institute (ASI) where I teach in the doctoral program, I said:

42

Page 43: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

“We need to help the Academe grow well beyond the confines of school campuses, the better to gather, process and spread a unified and unifying Wisdom instead of mountain heaps of supposedly-objective raw data. Let the Academe earnestly embrace into its ranks the masters and doctors from the kulan-dong (a Filipino word for a makeshift tent), from the University of Real Life, the organic intellectuals who are active practi-tioners of profound human actualization and whose knowledge is, therefore, ‘really real.’ Let such a drastically expanded Aca-demic community seek out, observe fully, earnestly embrace and respectfully synthesize the actual experiences of the ordinary people, learn well from them, and spread far and wide the Light of Wisdom from them. Let this growth be reflected in the breadth and depth of its research and community service acti-vities as well as in the enhanced content-worthiness of its ins-tructional endeavors. Let the Academe, thus greatly improved, learn well to heed, to think, to speak, and even to breathe, in the language of the ordinary people’s very own daily lives.”

This was in response to the first lecture in that series, titled “Theorizing from Experiences: Focus on a Research and Pedagogical Approach for Social Transformation” delivered by Dr. Mina M. Ramirez, ASI President. Under the leadership of Dr. Ramirez, SoPHIA seeks to move the academe into a paradigm shift to empower and uplift the people. This is, indeed, a big challenge. But one that can really be done and must be done. My level of confidence that this can indeed be done, even if painstakingly, was explained in the third to the last paragraph of my talk:

“We are not alone. Some have started out before we did. Last year, ASI joined six other schools who had earlier come together to work together in developing, refining and main-streaming about a dozen empowering paradigms. That network, called Lambat-Liwanag, which is the Filipino equivalent of

Network of Light, is committed to suppoprt the efforts of ASI and each one of a growing number of other member-institutions. Just this week, up to yesterday, a conference was held in Quezon City by E-Net, another education-oriented network, to address the obstacles blocking millions of disadvantaged children from having access to formal education. There are many such efforts in the Philippines both within and beyond the formal educational system, and there are much much more throughout Asia. SoPHIA emerges to seek out and join them, not to claim leadership of any sort over them, but to contribute what we can, in a grander synergy of Light purged of any tendency for even friendly but nontheless self-serving competition. We cannot em-ploy separative means for embracive ends! The wisdom that is SoPHIA knows that much. SoPHIA is therefore a gift to be shared with all, among all. We will continually endeavor to make it a very valuable gift to substantially help integrate all of Asia. I believe that we are indeed on the right track on this.”

Earlier, during her launching talk for the series, Dr. Mina M. Ramirez lamented the obsrved lack of impact of the Phil-ippine higher education system:

“We have five hundred graduate schools and two hund-red universities, 95 percent of which are Christian schools. In these schools we teach the language of the monetized economy; we teach democracy; we teach religion; we teach all the skills and competencies to be able to be on par with our Asian neigh-bors and our western counterparts. Yet there is empirical evid-ence of a long-standing monetary poverty, of voiceless citizens in a democracy, of rampant violations of anti-graft laws.”

That same SoPHIA Lecture-Forum Series received well the inputs of Dr. Florentino Hornedo, the leader of Filipinos working with the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization (UNESCO), who spoke about Culturally-Rooted Education.

43

Page 44: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Dr. Hornedo described the present-day (“now”) thinking of Filipinos about Transcendence/Divinity; Nature; other people; and Self, and contrasted all this with their equivalents in an empowering/desirable (“not yet”) mode. That would spell a profound paradigm shift in viewing these realities, from the “now” to the “not yet”: From viewing Transcendence/Divinity or God as a patron to run to for help, to viewing God as a horizon by which one discovers countless opportunities for self-upliftment; from viewing Nature as a simple resource to viewing Nature as an organic system one belongs in and blends into; from viewing others also for patronage to viewing others as an organic structure of human interrelationships; and, finally, from viewing oneself as a cut-and-dried artifact, into a project, a work-in-progress that can welcome, undertake and enjoy real changes within.

Dr. Hornedo also declared that he favored the Oriental consciousness of Truth as “not something to learn, but someone to become.”

These paradigmatic shifts he presented before the emerg-ing SoPHIA movement resonate well with the Lambat-Liwanag empowering paradigms discussed earlier in this chapter.

Towards the end of her abovecited lecture, Dr. Mina Ramirez, who heads ASI and its SoPHIA projects and sits as a Network Council member of Lambat-Liwanag, enumerates the following recommendations for transformative education:

“The extension program in our schools is not to be con-sidered just an appendix to academic studies. Immersion of both the faculty and students in the reality of marginalized commun-ities and indigenous groups is more than ever called for now. Local contexts where community organizations become success-ful should be exposure and immersion sites. This immersion

experience should be material for reflection in all pertinent courses.

“Quantitative approaches in research should be complemented by qualitative ones such as the phenomenological and other culturally rooted research approaches, such as, for instance, the Kulandong.

“The Philippine School System should be able to keep the bi-lingual system of education. Each language should keep its discipline and grammatical correctness. More importantly, we should be able to take pride in the underlying life-values and world-view of the Filipino language. The best elements that will promote life for people must be consciously integrated.

“At a time when we are bombarded by negative images of the Philippines through media, positive mapping should be undertaken of how leaders in various institutions have made policies and successfully implemented them, showing their groundedness in people’s lives.”

One of the most-remembered lines from The Little Prince is that “It is with the heart that one sees clearly. What is essential is invisible to the eye.” Of course the “heart” in this quote is just a metaphor for the viewpoint of the Real Self which viewoint is often distracted by what the eyes and the others of the “only-five” senses perceive. As is well known to all illusionists, to be distinguished from magicians with real magic, these only-five senses are very easy to trick and confuse. Their hand is quicker than our eye.

Still, it is in the interest of the mind’s overrated intel-ligence that its getting fooled become rare and short instances. The mind’s unreformed tendency to simply process signals from the sensors of the “only-five” senses has consistently challenged the human claim to deserve the term sapiens in the species name, homo sapiens. To be of real wisdom, the human mind has to be

44

Page 45: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

ever-alert not to be misguided and led to error by total reliance on the perception of the “only-five” senses.

Let us review that passage from R. Buckminster Fuller quoted in one of the previous sections above: “Consequently children are the only rigorously pure physical scientists. They accept only sensorially apprehensible, experimentally redemonstrable physical evidence.” (underscoring supplied) Note that Fuller qualifies the term “scientists” here as purely physical and connects them to the acceptance only of sensorially apprehensible physical evidence. Such a qualifier implies that Fuller could not inflict that sort of very limited rigor on all scientists and on science itself. Human knowledge is now much broader than what the human eye can see, what the human ear can hear, what the human nose can smell, etc. Two things can be checked out here for the purposes of this book. The first is the matter of “seeing to believe,” demanding evidence to be seen, touched, heard, tasted, and/or smelled before believing anything. And the second is the matter of the credibility of the senses – whether what your “only-five” senses can actually see, hear, etc. is a credible reflection of reality.

6. A Dialogue on Reality

Allow me to present here partially a dialogue (I’m not sure if it is an actual conversation or it was literally composed to deliver a strong message). We can actually derive lessons from both sides of the conversation here. It was shared with members of the light-sharing e-mail list group by a special friend of a special friend of mine. It begins with a professor debating with one of his students about the existence of God. The professor, a self-proclaimed atheist, was proving God does not exist because none of the five senses have perceived it and because “evil exists in this world” created by an “all-good and almighty God.”

The old man shakes his head sadly. "Science says you have five senses that you use to identify and observe the world around you. Have you ever seen him?"

"No, sir. I've never seen Him."

"Then tell us if you've ever heard your Jesus?"

"No, sir. I have not."

"Have you ever felt your Jesus, tasted your Jesus or smelt your Jesus... in fact, do you have any sensory perception of your God whatsoever?"

[No answer]

"Answer me, please."

"No, sir, I'm afraid I haven't."

"You're afraid... you haven't?"

"No, sir."

"Yet you still believe in him?"

"...yes..."

"That takes faith!" The professor smiles sagely at the underling. "According to the rules of empirical, testable, demonstrable protocol, science says your God doesn't exist. What do you say to that, son? Where is your God now?"

[The student doesn't answer]

"Sit down, please."

The student sits...Defeated.

Another student raises his hand. "Professor, may I address the class?"

The professor turns and smiles. "Ah, another Christian in the vanguard! Come, come, young man. Speak some proper wisdom to the gathering. "The Christian looks around the room.

45

Page 46: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

"Some interesting points you are making, sir. Now I've got a question for you. Is there such thing as heat?"

"Yes," the professor replies. "There's heat."

"Is there such a thing as cold?"

"Yes, son, there's cold too."

"No, sir, there isn't."

The professor's grin freezes. The room suddenly goes very cold.

The second student continues. "You can have lots of heat, even more heat, super-heat, mega-heat, white heat, a little heat or no heat but we don't have anything called 'cold'. We can hit 458 degrees below zero, which is no heat, but we can't go any further after that. There is no such thing as cold, otherwise we would be able to go colder than 458 degrees. You see, sir, cold is only a word we use to describe the absence of heat. We cannot measure cold. Heat we can measure in thermal units because heat is energy. Cold is not the opposite of heat, sir, just the absence of it."

Silence. A pin drops somewhere in the classroom.

"Is there such a thing as darkness, professor?"

"That's a dumb question, son. What is night if it isn't darkness? What are you getting at...?"

"So you say there is such a thing as darkness?"

"Yes..."

"You're wrong again, sir. Darkness is not something, it is the absence of something. You can have low light, normal light, bright light, flashing light but if you have no light constantly you have nothing and it's called darkness, isn't it? That's the meaning we use to define the word. In reality, Darkness isn't. If it were, you would be able to make darkness darker and give me a jar of it. Can you...give me a jar of darker darkness, professor?"

Despite himself, the professor smiles at the young effrontery before him. This will indeed be a good semester. "Would you mind telling us what your point is, young man?"

"Yes, professor. My point is, your philosophical premise is flawed to start with and so your conclusion must be in error...."

The professor goes toxic. "Flawed...? How dare you...!"

"Sir, may I explain what I mean?"

The class is all ears.

"Explain... oh, explain..." The professor makes an admirable effort to regain control. Suddenly he is affability itself. He waves his hand to silence the class, for the student to continue.

"You are working on the premise of duality," the student explains. "That for example there is life and then there's death; a good God and a bad God.

You are viewing the concept of God as something finite, something we can measure. Sir, science cannot even explain a thought. It uses electricity and magnetism but has never seen, much less fully understood them. To view death, as the opposite of life is to be ignorant of the fact that death cannot exist as a substantive thing. Death is not the opposite of life, merely the absence of it."

The young man holds up a newspaper he takes from the desk of a neighbor who has been reading it. "Here is one of the most disgusting tabloids this country hosts, professor. Is there such a thing as immorality?"

"Of course there is, now look..."

"Wrong again, sir. You see, immorality is merely the absence of morality. Is there such thing as injustice? No.

46

Page 47: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Injustice is the absence of justice. Is there such a thing as evil?" The Christian then pauses."Isn't evil the absence of good?"

The professor's face has turned an alarming color. He is so angry he is temporarily speechless.

The young man continues. "If there is evil in the world, professor, and we all agree there is, then God, if he exists, must be accomplishing a work through the agency of evil. What is that work, God is accomplishing? The Bible tells us it is to see if each one of us will, of our own free will, choose good over evil."

The professor bridles. "As a philosophical scientist, I don't view this matter as having anything to do with any choice; as a realist, I absolutely do not recognize the concept of God or any other theological factor as being part of the world equation because God is not observable."

"I would have thought that the absence of God's moral code in this world is probably one of the most observable phenomena going," the Christian replies. "Newspapers make billions of dollars reporting it every week! Tell me, professor. Do you teach your students that they evolved from a monkey?"

"If you are referring to the natural evolutionary process, young man, yes, of course I do."

"Have you ever observed evolution with your own eyes, sir?"

The professor makes a sucking sound with his teeth and gives his student a silent, stony stare.

"Professor. Since no one has ever observed the process of evolution at work and cannot even prove that this process is an on-going endeavor, are you not teaching your opinion, sir? Are you now not a scientist, but a priest?"

"I'll overlook your impudence in the light of our philosophical discussion. Now, have you quite finished?" The

professor hisses. "So you don't accept God's moral code to do what is righteous?"

"I believe in what is - that's science!"

"Ahh! science!" the student's face splits into a grin. "Sir, you rightly state that science is the study of observed phenomena. Science too is a premise which is flawed..."

"Science is flawed..?" the professor splutters.

The class is in uproar. The student remains standing until the commotion has subsided.

"To continue the point you were making earlier to the other student, may I give you an example of what I mean?"

The professor wisely keeps silent.

The young man looks around the room. "Is there anyone in the class who has ever seen the professor's brain?"

The class breaks out in laughter.

The Christian points towards his elderly, crumbling tutor.

"Is there anyone here who has ever heard the professor's brain... felt the professor's brain, touched or smelt the professor's brain?"

No one appears to have done so.

The student shakes his head sadly. "It appears no-one here has had any sensory perception of the professor's brain whatsoever. Well, according to the rules of empirical, stable, demonstrable protocol, science, I declare that the professor has no brain."

The class is in chaos.

Relying on perceptions as reported to the brain by our “five-only” senses is actually imprudent. The subject of perceptions as poor reflections of reality has been the focus of Surf Reyes in presenting his paper at the Lambat-Liwanag

47

Page 48: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Conference on education. According to his paper, titled “Learn to Experience Appreciation and to Appreciate Experience”:

“As all communicators know, there is a world of dif-ference between perception and reality. If there was a thick piece of rope in the grass and one perceived it to be a snake, in reality it remains a rope, but his perception of it as a snake becomes his reality and would affect his feelings and his actions toward it. He would avoid it in fear, and maybe have sleepless nights worrying about its slithering into his room. Perception is an intellectual interpretation or judgement, and due to its inherent limitation and vulnerability to distortion is subject to error. The lack of awareness, or experiential knowledge, of the truth of reality tends to make one dependent on perception.

“To illustrate further, let us use another experiential model. Most of you have probably experienced viewing stereovision pictures in books entitled ‘Magic Eye’. To those who haven’t, these are computer generated pictures which when you learn to view with a certain unfocused look, you suddenly discover beautiful 3D objects within.

“It is not easy to learn the method of diverging the eyes to experience this unbelievable visual phenomenon. And you need to keep that altered way of looking or you lose the vision when you focus on the surface picture. People without experiential knowledge of the phenomenon would see only the flat outer picture, but those who have learned the “magic eye” look, see through the surface and into the inner 3D image. In the same way, perception can only see the outer surface of this world of appearances, but there is a way of seeing through the outer appearances and being aware of the inner core reality. To borrow from The Little Prince, only with the heart can one see rightly, what is essential is invisible to perception and the intellect. This experience has changed my life. It has provided me with an experiential model to realize that all of the saints and

ascended masters actually see a common core reality that they have difficulty in describing to those who have not yet learned to see with ‘magic eyes.’ And so they talk in parables, in profound abstractions. But how else would you describe light to those who, blindfolded from birth, have no experience of it?”

I now present to you a download from the Internet. It is somebody’s idea of the wording of a memo issued to a human being upon enrollment in “a full-time informal school called Life.”

1. You Will Receive A Body. You may like it or not, but it will be yours for the entire period, this time around.

2. You Will Learn Lessons. Each day in this school you will have the opportunity to learn lessons. You may like the lessons or think them irrevelant and stupid.

3. There Are No Mistakes, Only Lessons. Growth is a process of trial and error, experimentation. The "failed" experiments are as much a part of the process as the experiment that ultimately "works."

4. A Lesson Is Repeated Until It Is Learned. A lesson will be presented to you in various forms until you have learned it, then you can go on to the next lesson.

5. Learning Lessons Does Not End. There is no part of life that does not contain its lessons. If you are alive, there are lessons to be learned.

6. "There" Is No Better Than "Here." When your "there" has become a "here", you will simply obtain another "there" that will, again, look better than "here."

7. Others Are Merely Mirrors Of You. You cannot love or hate something about another person unless it reflects to you something you love or hate about yourself.

48

Page 49: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

8. What You Make Of Your Life Is Up To You. You have all the tools and resources you need; what you do with them is up to you. The choice is yours.

9. The Answers Lie Inside You. The answers to life's questions lie inside you. All you need to do is look, listen, and trust.

10. Whether You Think You Can Or Can't, In Either Case You'll Be Right. Think about it!

If I remember right, the very last line (after No. 10) says: “You will forget this.” And if I may now bring in a line from the opening episodes of the Mission: Impossible series, “Your mission, Jim, should you decide to accept it, is to remember who you are.”

Apparently, God is helping a dear friend of mine, Dr. Noemi Alindogan-Medina, who chairs the Lambat-Liwanag Net-work Council, in her mission of re-membering who she really is—a beloved child of God whose Earth life has seen a combination of glorious triumphs and prolonged suffering. And God is apparently doing that in a conversation with her. To see what I mean, take a look at these excerpts of her yet-unpublished “Reflections” after reading the first of three books of the Conversations With God trilogy by Neale Donald Walsch:

“Then a very good friend of mine lent me the book Conversations with God, saying I should read it. As I did I felt that in many instances, God was really conversing with me, giving me detailed answers to the many questions I had stored in my mind. The answers are not totally strange to me though as such thoughts already came into my mind but I consciously disregarded them thinking that these were not Godly. What God was saying perfectly fit into my own personal beliefs which I had just suppressed thinking that they do not conform with the way people think should be. Looking back I could say that such

thoughts and feelings were already God’s answers to my cries and sighs.

“So now that God is telling me that feeling is the language of the soul, that I should acknowledge and listen to my feelings, that I should also listen to my experience and not to what other people may say about them, that I should not deny myself to experience joy or to celebrate life, then I am more equipped to decide things for myself!

xxx

“The message is clear: I should not deny myself to experience joy and to celebrate life, that God who is just does not want me to go through an unending suffering, joylessness, and sacrifice, even in the name of love, that I should put myself first among my list of who to love, that I was confused because I misunderstood what is best for me, … and that, for me to be God-like, I should not be a martyr and should not choose to be a victim as God Himself does not want me to be. God wants me to be happy!”

7. The Psychic and the Spiritual

People have their own respective ideas and confusions about the relationship between the psyche and the spirit. The controversies are expected to remain for as long as there are divergences in direct experiences (which accounts for a wide variety of intellectual interpretations that the intellect cannot possibly resolve with authoritative finality). Then there are divergences in the use of language (based on cultural and personal specificities in vocabulary choice and other nuances of language, which should caution us all to resist being bogged down in semantical debates).

Some people mix up spirituality with psychic capability, and I personally believe there is a clear line of disctinction

49

Page 50: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

between the two: psychic powers pertain to the special control of energies in order to do certain things in violation of the rules of classic Newtonian physics (including such “mind over matter” feats as telekinesis or moving things by mental command from a distance) or perceive realities not available to the “five-only senses” (thus, the term “sixth sense”), like psychometry (which my late wife Cita had learned to practice with impeccable reliability) and mind-reading (which has been enough basis for many to believe the claim of some practitioners to be divine beings, regardless of behavior). Spirituality on the other hand is the effortless praxis of Awareness of the Oneness of All.

In an article written for a magazine’s issue promoting the “First International Psychic Congress in Manila” a few years ago, I had reason to talk about what to me is a very important distinction. The article says in part:

“What at least some of the psychics might be missing out on is the matter of interconnectedness and interdependence of all realities (the unity of all with Godhead), which the spiritual people, whether developed psychics or not, really experience and fully respect. Heightened intuition is not the same as spirituality, although these are closely related. Psychic powers can therefore be developed even by a person who has yet a very long way to go in one’s Soulgrowth path and has not essentially slain one’s separative ego. This results in vulnerability to the temptation to use one’s (psychic) powers in divisive competition and in selfish commerce.

“Of course, we have reason to be confident that the collective positive consciousness of the cosmos, which the Star Wars series calls ‘The Force’ has its ‘Celestine’ ways of educating these persons further.”

The point of spirituality, I dare assert, is full, active and consistent awareness of the oneness of all, that we are all unique

and beautiful members of the Glorious Oneness of the Great Whole. When we forget this, we behave as separate skin-bound or aura-bound egos in competition and even antagonism with one another. When we re-member, we are members again, as Walsch puts it, and behave accordingly. After all, all that we do is a Statement of Who We Are, reflecting our Level (“Tallness”) of Awareness. Add to this my very own “I think, therefore I do.” (which I explain in the next section) and my own personal version of the Our Father, where I substitute for the word “evil” this entire passage: “(deliver us from) all alienation and separation from You and from one another. (Amen.)”.

8. ‘To be is to do’: Awareness Growing Taller

I’ve been toying in my mind to compose a reminder inspired by liquor ads: “Think moderately.” Brightest insights often come when our rational mind is quiet and our greater mind, ironically called “subconscious,” is afforded more opportunity to listen to, and discern well, the whispers of the Real Self (discussed in the next chapter). But the classic philosophical quote from Descartes is “I think, therefore I am.” I have my own sharply different version: “I am, therefore I do.”

I do. I’m doing some thinking, and I’m doing some moving, and I think doing some thinking, just like the physical acts, may either be voluntary or involuntary. Voluntary thinking is when I knit my brows in conscious search for an answer to a problem; involutary when my mind retrieves from active memory the “current file” of the accumulation of conceptual integrations (Ayn Rand’s term) my mind has performed on the basis of direct and direct experiences from birth, including unconscious prejudices and traumas. Such reflex thinking can benefit from spending even a flash of time running through the Hegelian dialectical process of thinking of a thesis, and then having this thesis challenged by an antithesis, and finally arriving at a quick tentative synthesis. Knee-jerk reactions to

50

Page 51: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

instant and unchallenged thoughts have often caused us trouble. Developing the habit of challenging one’s own thoughts by activating reminders that one frequently is actually uncertain about many things, one can develop effective thinking and more prudent decisions and actions. In my experience, the biggest obstacle to continuing learning is my mistaken thought that I already know everything I need to know on the subject at hand.

On the basis of my idea of who “I am,” I do things the way I do things—that is, I think the way I think and I act (move my body or parts of it) the way I act. So, when I feel myself as a noble and exalted being, no less than an embodied spirit, I do (I behave) accordingly. And whenever I forget that Truth (as I believe it now), I behave like a body that has a soul that I do not feel, and decide all my actions on what will give the best benefits, immediately or eventually, for my body and its living extensions (in this case, my family), and I indulge in a lot of sulking over past hurts and failures and worrying over the perceived likelihoood of future ones.

Self-observation is very important here, and we get help from Dr. Serafin Talisayon of the Asian Social Institute and the University of the Philippines.

In his lecture for the SoPHIA Lecture-Forum series in March 2003, Dr. Serafin Talisayon shares with us an insight on how we help other people to be aware of the way they think, how disconnected their thinking is deom how nature actually works. “How do we discover our mental models?” he asks, be-fore sharing this quote from Fr. Anthony De Mello, SJ:

“The only way someone can be of help to you is in challenging your ideas. If you’re ready to listen and if you’re ready to be challenged, there’s one thing that you can do, but no one can help you. What is this ost important thing of all? It’s called self-observation.”

Talisayon continues: “Our school system does not teach us this most important skill. The academic system that produced our development specialists, development workers and development policy-makers is focused teaching students skills in understanding and manipulating the outside world, but hardly the world inside themselve. … In short, the academic and empirical system had by-passed the most important skill of self-observation.”

Who I really am has already been an established fact at the instance of my being created; the entire problem is in my lack of consistent awareness of it. Awareness is something discussed by Walsch a column item carried in the July 1999 issue of Magic Blend magazine. He does it with a lot of play of words:

“Awareness is a State of Being in which you may choose to live. …

“Awareness has many levels.

“Awareness is about being aware of the level of awareness of which you are aware, and it is about being aware that there is no level of awareness about which you cannot be aware, if you are aware of that.

“When you live a life of Awareness you no longer do things unconsciously. … It is not difficult living a life of Awareness when you are aware that it is not difficult. Awareness feeds on itself.

“When you are unaware of Awareness, then you cannot know what it is like. You do not even know that you do not know.”

For this “awareness of awareness” thing, let me give what I have come up with as a simple interpretation. Do you sometimes recall your own behavior in some past incident and as

51

Page 52: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

you recall, with the benefit of later realizations, new wisdom and time-lapse distance, you are able to see imprudence and weak-nesses in your own behavior in that incident? If you could time-travel to that incident, you might wish to coach your earlier self for better behavior. If you try to do the recalling, watching and coaching on incidents more recent, as just a few days earlier, or just a few hours, minutes or seconds earlier, you can slowly develop your capability to do the watching and coaching in what we now call “real time” and abort a bad start and so very quickly shift to better mode.

Something like these lines will almost be simultaneously coming out of at least six awareness levels of you:

OUTER YOU (your emotional personality-vehicle, in conversation with another person): “That’s not true, you blundering idiot!”

SOMEWHAT-INNER YOU (a bit more mature you): Careful! You’re letting that pride rule you again. You know that what she said is at least partly true! Admit that part at least to yourself! And you don’t have to lash back with an angry ‘You idiot!”… you idiot! Ha-ha-ha!

INNER YOU (a much more mature you): Tell him! Tell him! He needs reminding! But be gentle with him. He was much worse before, like you were once, and still are occarionally. Remember?

STILL-INNER YOU (spiritual you): The universe is unfolding as it should, and he, too is unfolding as he should. He will learn from this mistake of forgetting that he and the other person “is one.” But the learning will be forgotten afterwards, and the opportunity for more learning will come back,

over and over again, and he will gradually learn fully.

ALMOST-INNERMOST YOU (spiritual you approach-ing masterhood): Is. Joy. Love. Harmony. Oneness.

INNERMOST US:

The last three “speakers” here would be in the realm of the spirit, for only the spirit can say this in all earnestness, serenity and full appreciation, beyond all the linitations of the intellect. It is in this “full appreciation” bit that I am having problems with, personally, for likely it (this whole book, actually) is coming only from my mind, a textual and academic comprehension and not at all a full appreciation. If the “Still-inner You” is saying its lines in serenity (from refusal to judge), earnestness and full appreciation, these lines may be lying right between the extreme wisdom the mind is capable of and what the spirit simply knows intuitively with no effort. Discussion of this belongs to the next chapter.

By the way, I change the pronoun with the innermost core, because at that level the pronoun “you” is, I believe, no longer applicable. And I place perfect silence after the colon there because I would not even attempt to set my mind to imagine what God would be saying (too immense for anybody’s mind-heart to even attempt to capture in the human intellect’s language of words). Moreover, I believe that God has no use for words, for “He” is pure being, and has no need for doing or saying anything. Because God is, we all are. Because God is Creator, we are all created.

What of your own awareness levels are you now aware of? Can you write a true-to-life script in the mold of what you see above this paragraph to study your own behavior in a recent or even not-so-recent but unforgettable incident? Of course, you

52

Page 53: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

can! Try to be as personal (reflecting the uniqueness of your personality vehicle) as you can, and then share it with others who might be receptive to do likewise with their own awareness levels.

Surf Reyes uses the metaphor of the blindfold to illustrate how real Awareness can only be attained from directly-experiencing reality: “(The ‘study of God’ in the field called Theology) assumes that the immeasurable can actually be measured. The words “study” and “rational” point to using the intellectual mind as the instrument for knowing God and Truth. It is like a group of people blindfolded from birth trying to learn about daylight by going through lectures and studying books in braille. Towards the same objective, it is obviously better to make them aware of their blindfolds and how to remove them. This will lead to direct experience of the truth. They can live in daylight and not merely believe the truth about it. It is in this light that I propose Egology as a kind of “practical theology”. Ego is the attachment to the appearance or illusion of a self separate from the whole. We define Egology as the study of the ego, the block to awareness of Truth. It is learning to be aware and be free of the veil that covers the Truth. It is learning to grow from knowing with the mind to knowing with the heart.

I have been told many times by authors and friends that there are seven chakras, and the reason I can respect this is that I have reason to believe these people are talking from at least some amount of direct experience about it. That is, of course, a weak belief in the existence of these energy centers, akin to being blindfolded from birth and learning about light purely from reading about it in books in braille.

Still, from the way I understand the chakras, one’s growth of awareness about them grows much like the tree, with the roots as the underground starting point of growth. As the tree grows taller and taller, it becomes a vantage point for seeing

broader and broader vistas, without losing sight and connection with “realities on the ground”. There are chakras referred to as higher chakras, while the root chakra, the sexual center, is at the lowest. Growth is supposed to happen as we become more and more aware of the higher chakras from the solar chakra, upwards and decide things and even know ourselves from the vantage point of all these chakras the “tallness of our awareness has significantly embraced.”

This may be related to what a certain Jan des Bouvrie of Opzij, the Netherlands (as quoted in the Reader’s Digest, Oct. 2001, p.81) on the relative depths of intimacy and romance bet-ween sensuous interactions of the body and eye-to-eye together-ness in the enjoyment of conversation: “My philosophy is that true intimacy and romance always flourish at tables, not on sofas. At the table you have the best eye contact, and that’s what it’s all about. People push their empty plates to one side and linger longer and longer at the table. Once, people used to move from dining table to the couch. That was a disaster because all the intimacy they had built up disappeared and they had to start over. A table is the most beautiful piece of furniture there is.” Imagine an interaction on many if not all of the chakra levels.

This may be the unconscious reason why in many reli-gious belief systems, celibacy is the perceived value of shunning the basal, and being preoccupied only with our Higher Being. There is a problem however with demonizing the basal, when all our levels come from only one divine Creator. The problem lies with the self-limiting decision to choose a level, to levitate and therefore to uproot. While it may very well a more exalted decision to choose a higher than a lower chakra level from which to decide things and enjoy experiences, we don’t even have to choose only one level or another for extended periods, let alone shun lower chakras for good upon a negative judgment of them.

53

Page 54: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Human experiences on all levels are available for embodied spirits in Earth life, a beautiful, even physically and psychically orgasmic synergy of experience at all these levels. As the Tree of Awareness grows taller, it does not pull itself from the ground or shed its roots altogether. So, the bird cannot simply boast its wings and its higher viewpoint – bird’s eye view – and “look down” condescendingly on the crown leaves of a tall tree. After all, while the tree does stretch skyward but not as high and not as fast as the bird does, the tree remains fully and firmly rooted in ground-level earth experience. Writes Kilmer: The tree’s “hungry mouth is pressed upon the earth’s sweet flowing breast (while it also) lifts its leafy arms to pray.”

I recall coming across a challenge from the great Indian spiritual leader, Sri Aurobindo, for us to “bring divinity to the marketplace.” One can easily be a holy person while attending mass or another religious service for about an hour on Sabbath or Sunday, but that full hour of such “scheduled holiness” gives way to real life’s “natural” behavior for the rest of the week until it’s time again for the one hour for the same service a full week afterwards. It’s difficult to bring divinity amid the noise and haste of city living and to introduce spirituality and the Godhead to people who have been living and would very likely be living much longer in the messy and depressing context of the social injustice, institutional violence, personal and class conflicts, and other realities one cannot easily accept to be rampant under an all-good and all-powerful Supreme Being.

My idea of wholesome human growth is in adding more and more higher chakras to be experienced and appreciated in synergy with, and not instead of, the lower chakras. There is, after all, nothing bad or wrong per se with the lower chakras aside from their initial limitation.

We are gradually transcending the earlier limits of our awareness and of our very own active chakras. Let the Tree of

Awareness, therefore, grow taller and taller within our psyche, our mind-heart, and develop increasingly stronger bonds with the Real Self, the spirit. Our rootedness in the ground bridges the gap between our real identity as embodied spirit and subs-tantially contributing to the self-actualization of the Kingdom of God on earth. We are in the world although we are not of the world. It is not very difficult to understand what I am saying if you remember Who We Really Are. And behave accordingly.

Before I end this chapter, allow me to share with you a short piece I sent out by short-text messaging to my friends early in 2003: “Choose ye not between the wisdom of the bird and that of the worm. Seek instead the wisdom of the tallest tree, breathing heaven while deeply rooted in earth.”

I have yet to discern this very clearly, but something urges me now to rethink the Biblical episode where Adam and Eve were supposedly being punished with banishment from Paradise because they partook of the fruit of the Tree of Know-ledge of Good and Evil. Could it be that having been given choice through free will, our first parents decided to seek to know more fully the inner Tree of Awareness of Oneness (good) and Separation (evil), and having done so, were sent out not in punishment but on a mission to bring that “shared divinity” to the complex marketplace of earth, to experience and validate it here, and in so doing, exalt the creative Kingdom of God in themselves and in this world?

Ahh, but these musings of the mind cannot fully comprehend reality, for how can the computerized astronaut spacesuit fully know the astronaut himself, whose Real Self is Spirit that is just wearing a bio-energetic earthsuit called “body-mind”? Let me end this chapter and flow in smooth transition to the next with a poem that I wrote very recently…

54

Page 55: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

‘Cyber’-Discernment

You cannot download the entire Internet To fit a compact disk, much less a diskette.Choose well then what you really need to getTo carry around everyday in your own pocket, For anyway, anytime you can access the Internet

So much like, everywhen, everywhere, the Innernet.

Chapter 5:The Spirit—The Real Self1. Metaphor of the Pencil

I HAVE been using the metaphor of the common pencil by ask-ing groups of people what is the color of the pencil commonly bought by Filipinos in neighborhood stores and they have almost

always been unanimously replying, “yel-low.” When I ask them why a red ballpen has to have red ink while a black-graphite pencil is almost-unanimously thought to be “yellow,” they gradually see the point of es - sence, in contrast to the point mere ap - pearance, in my question.

Then comes an opinion poll where I would ask them whether or not they believed it true that “every human has a soul,” and they are in instant unanimity that it is “of course, true!” Their eyebrows ask me why I have to pose that question in the first place, until I explain my own vote.

My own dissenting view is that “every human is a soul, and it has a body,” and this instantly disturbs their feeling of cer-tainty, and it even tends to reverse the collective view altogether towards adopting my opinion. But of course, it is in the area of

souls (pardon the tentative plural here) that I have had the urge to keep reminding myself and others that we do not really know very much about this, and much of the dogma are, I think, a col-lectivized, institutionalized official opinion of one group or another. The Roman Catholic Church is one such group.

I don’t intend to foment a sense of defeatism and help-lessness here. My call is rather one for honest humility, for re - verence, instead of fear, of the unknown, for willingness to enjoy what admittedly is not, or at least not yet, comprehended ra-tionally. There are bodies of collectivized official opinions ab-out spirits and divinity and I disagree with the proclaimed levels of certainty especially when they would say that the human “is created in His image and likeness,” while their teachings have somehow created God in the image and likeness of the human, complete with very human negative emotions I personally would not associate with a Supreme Being deserving to be recognized as one.

While I wouldn’t go into much discourse about a subject I instantly concede to be beyond my mind to fully understand, I value my faith in the existence of the spirit as created by divine and loving Source as “His” own fulfillment and mirror to “His” greatness, and I have described this creator as “the great and loving Cosmic Consciousness, the loving Creator and Synergy of ALL Synergies…” One cannot even begin to fathom the greatness of this, if we consider synergetic magnification to be quantum leap from one holon level to the next all long the infinite holarchy.

2. Spirituality and Religion

And the importance of the spiritual dimension in our apprehension of the human is something akin to appreciating the pencil beyond the visually-perceptible color of its body paint (“of course, it’s yellow!”), it is appreciating the human being

55

Page 56: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

way beyond the good-looking face and healthy physique, beyond the clothes and the color of skin, well beyond the apparently separate and self-contained personalities housed by such phy-sically separate bodies.

Leo Bugscallia writes in Personhood, p. 89: “…It can be observed after reading (the book chapter that gives summary descriptions of the various major religions that) there is little dissonance among the several philosophical and religious systems in their suggestions as to what it means to live in full humanness.”

It is my humble opinion and personal faith assertion that religions are human-made creations in the attempt to organize the spiritual praxis of the people. But the designs and details in the form of disctinct structures (intellectual dogma, official policies, organizational hierarchies, finances, etc.), all come from the human intellect, which is very vulnerable to the tempt-ations of the various competing power agenda of religious lead-ers. Raised as a Christian, I cannot miss the contrast between, on the one hand, the early Church community founded by the Christ having to hide in the catacombs for they had no worldly political power and, on the other hand, the modern-day Catholic and other Christian churches that are obviously more politically and economically powerful but have, apparently, to a large extent lost sight of the basic teaching of the Master, who had said, “Love one another as I have loved you.”

It is a matter of both faith and opinion that I say we are all literally interconnected as harmoniously team-playing “fin-gers of the same hand.” For this reason I consider one indicator of spirituality to be sine-qua-non (without this indicator there is no spirituality to be indicated): the uniting effect. Unlike organized religion, which almost always divides, true spirituality always unites people.

3. Incarnation and ‘Ensoulment’?

About the soul-body synergy of the human, let me bring up the conflicting views of soul incarnation (embodiment) be-lieved to occur during the merging of the sperm and the egg, and the process of ensoulment believed to occur three months after conception or as late as when the baby breathes its first.

My view is that the soul is itself the power that moves the sperm and the egg to combine their respective half-DNAs into one and likewise moves this first cell to go through all stages of cell division and cell differentiation and all the processes of building and repairing the anatomy and operating all processes studied by physiology.

In my view it is the soul that builds and composes and orchestrates the physical synergy of the body from billions and zillions of various molecules throughout the life of this human being, until such time that the soul leaves the body and the latter de-composes back into those separate molecules of the earth.

I believe that a central part of the soul’s orchestration work is the flow of chi (life energy) from and along the chakras and the meridian channels (anatomically invisible energy channels studied and mastered by acupuncturists), and outward to the colorful aura (photographed by Kirlian cameras since before WW-II).

Thus, Ms. Robledo and I wrote in the SanibLakas Found-ation’s “Motherhood Statement on Mother’s Day” in 1998:

“Far from being its mere location, the Mother’s Womb is the conducive setting and protector of the great Miracle of Hu-man Life: conception.

“Two synergetic fusions are said to take place.

“One is the synergetic fusion of an ovum and a sperm cell — neither one a living organism, and both would

56

Page 57: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

disintegrate and be discharged as waste if they had not fused in fertilization.

“The other, dependent on the first, is the synergetic fusion of the sperm-egg combining with the Spiritual Force, said to be an individual soul needing a body for soul-growth experi-ences in earth life. Both these synergetic mergers occur in that one moment of conception.

“Although it may not feel as ‘heavenly’ as the ecstatic synergy in copulation, let alone in simultaneous orgasms, this quiet occurrence is no less than the very Miracle of Human Life!  For nine long months, the womb nurtures and protects the new human life, passing on later to the next miracle: Childbirth. And then, finally, on to the mother’s caring and nurturing arms and nipples.

“This is the Miracle in the Womb, the Glory of Motherhood.”

So, is it a soul incarnating or a body attaining “ensoul-ment.” I now repeat for you this portion of a download from the Internet, the choice of which tends to show which side of the controversy I’m on. It is the opening item in somebody’s idea of the wording of a memo issued to a human being upon enrollment in “a full-time informal school called Life.”

“1. You Will Receive A Body. You may like it or not, but it will be yours for the entire period, this time around.”

4. Metaphors from Computer and Astronaut Systems

The intellectual discourse about the matter of spirit, which defies all intellectualization, is enriched by metaphors from computer systems and astronaut systems. These items on the cutting edge of current human technology are useful in starting to comprehend the spirit and spirituality.

Computer systems are composed of hardware and soft-ware subsystems. In human terms the brain is hardware, the mind is program software, and thoughts, ideas, and some of the feelings are data-type software.

Computers have operating systems. In this system, the Random Access Memory carries information chosen by the operator (through the program) to be under focus, and displays part of this information on the monitor screen. But no one would believe that this is all the computer can display. Like-wise, the mind’s attention is focused on something usually as chosen by that mind, and people know that the mind is capable of carrying so much more than what is focused on. Stored thoughts, etc. can be retrieved from the brain cells that function as hard disk drives and floppies.

Although the memory capacities of these are already quite impressive, our concept of the total memory capacity of such storage systems cannot even come close to the magnitude of information accessible through the Internet. Through a mo-dem, a computer can “call up” and chat with all other computers similarly hooked up, including large computer memory banks called “web site hosts” and the volume of information that can be accessed by each computer that are “on-line.”

Is the human mind as adequately-blessed as the computer that is on-line with the Internet? Yes, because the human mind has a tool called “computer that is on-line with the Internet” and can access whatever this tool can access. Yes, because the hu-man mind could even invent a tool called “computer that is on-line with the Internet” and invented the Internet itself as well. Yes, because it can decide to shut up so that the real self, the soul, can hook up with what my brother Jimmi Reyes calls the “InnerNet.” We return to this after discussing astronaut spacesuits.

57

Page 58: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Computers are amazing human inventions with awesome capabilities. They accomplish faster than an eyeblink what the human mind can also do but very, very slowly. But each human, with built-in capability for accessing the innermost of Truths, surpasses any human-made computer. Still, some computers are given the opportunity to “forget” this. Without having to wish upon a star, these hi-tech Pinocchios are allowed to consider themselves becoming, even surpassing, humans. Actually, all that imagination is ours.

Now, what are “astronaut systems”? That is the unit composed of a person (that has a body and has had training fit for space travel) and that person’s computerized spacesuit. The latter is a very important tool that enables the astronaut to sur-vive in outer space and perform his tasks. Because the space out-fit is computerized, it is sometimes called and oftentimes treated as an “intelligent” equipment, a robot in the shape not of a per-son like C3P0 of Star Wars but in the shape of a suit for a person to wear. C3P0 always remembers his relation to his master, Master Luke, as it speaks alternately like a diplomat and like a butler in expressing obvious respect.

Sometimes, however, the intelligent built-in computer of the astronaut’s spacesuit would forget that this entire outfit, including itself, is just a tool. And sometimes the human occu-pant-wearer, having allowed himself to be totally dependent on the astronaut suit’s computer read-outs instead of relying on The Force deep within him, would also forget who is whose tool, or decide to sleep on the job nd put the spacesuit on auto-pilot. And the robotic voice would then occasionally speak and refer to “my occupant-wearer” or “my human operator,” and would eventually even argue that “humans really exist” and that every astronaut suit has one (astronaut) deep within itself.

Now, isn’t that as ridiculous as the brain commanding the mouth muscles to say the phrase “my soul”? Isn’t it funny

that human brains sometimes have to argue spiritedly for the “belief” that every human person “has a soul”?

Isn’t it much closer to the truth to say that “every human is a soul and has a body”?

Now, back to the Innernet. The Innernet carries no mere data and analyses, the Innernet carries wisdom much more profound than what the mind can commit to thoughts and words. Wisdom of magnitude that can only be hinted at by such words as these that came from King Solomon: “Two can accomplish more than twice as one.” Or such assertions as this one from the presentation from Surf Reyes during the Lambat-Liwanag Conference on Light-Seeking and Light-Sharing Education:

Perception is to illusionas being is to reality.

Knowing the differenceis true wisdom.

If we do occasionally come across profundities of this sort while surfing the World-Wide Web, it only means that some people, with “downloads from the Innernet” whispered directly into their heart-minds, placed them there. And the good news is you don’t need a Service Provider to get you on-line in the Innernet. You just have to quiet your mind (as in, “Shut up, C3P0!”) and look for the loving presence of The Force in the innermost recesses of your real self, the spirit, the Soul.

5. Evil and the Ego

“Evil” is the absence or near-absence of good (as their homophonic pair, God and Devil, are conceptual opposites). Do I take sin or evil to be the absence or the opposite force of togetherness, integration and synergism? Yes, it’s just an absence or a lack, and I go on to say sin is the simultaneous alienation from God, the great Synergic Totality, and from one another. I expressed this in the form of a segment in my own

58

Page 59: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

personal version of the "Our Father," where we oftentimes mechanically mouth the very last word, "evil," without giving it much thought, without feeling any relevance of it to our own personal and social daily lives. Here’s that version:

        Our Divine Parent,

        Holy be Your name,         Your Dominion come         Your will be done on Earth         As everywhere else in the Universe.

        Give us today our daily bread         And forgive us our offenses,         As we forgive those who hurt and offend us,

Do not bring us to the test But deliver us from all alienation and separation from You and from one another.

Say you "Amen" to that? Can that be our prayer, as self-proclaimed siblings, from now on?

Surf Reyes proposes Egology as a kind of “practical theology”: “Ego is the attachment to the appearance or illusion of a self separate from the whole. We define Egology as the study of the ego, the block to awareness of Truth. It is learning to be aware and be free of the veil that covers the Truth. It is learning to grow from knowing with the mind to knowing with the heart.”

6. Earth Life: The Practicum of the Soul

One subject assigned to me as a learning facilitator (the title is “professor”) under the Applied Cosmic Anthropology program at the Asian Social Institute is the three-unit Practicum

Course, for which I developed the concept of “Living Learnings.” In this term, the word “living” carries one sense as an adjective to refer to all the lessons conspicuously flowing directly from a set of actual experiences, and also carries another sense as a transitive verb to mean applying the learnings to one’s own life. Then I added the bold assertion that Earth Life is the practicum course of the soul.

There are varying but intersecting schools of thought about the purpose of Earth Life. One, like James Redfield, a disciple of Carl Jung and writer of the Celestine Prophecy novel series, would have us believe that Earth Life is a great school where we get enough reincarnation opportunities to repeat courses that we do not learn fully well in the first attampts, for which learning we even get to choose the circumstances to grow in that are most suitable to really learning the lesson chosen for that Earth Life.

Neale Donald Walsch, on the other hand, consistently says in his Conversations With God trilogy that an Earth Life is the opportunity to create ourselves according to our choice for our respective essential identities, an endless stream of oppor-tunities where our thoughts and actions are choiceful Statements of Who We Really Are— God’s own body through which God experiences and appreciates all the more all the specific facets of His creation and His own glory.

Why the schools of thought would be seen to differ is due to the operation of the intellect which sees more clearly the lines of division than the commonalities in various realities; why they intersect is due to the fact that they are all seeking to ex - plain the very same realities. Language, after all, is differen-tiated at cultural and personality levels and the uniqueness of creativity in the employment of metaphors would logically result in widely varying metaphors that essentially say the same thing.

59

Page 60: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

To experience Earth, God uses a being that is a synergy of spirit, energy body and physical body. Spirit like He is, phy-sical bodies and like the flesh and blood “astronaut earthsuits” that we have been wearing since conception. That is why the “instructions” begin with the words, “You Will Receive A Body You may like it or not, but it will be yours for the entire period, this time around.”

But the usual problem is that much like the astronaut taking a long long nap, going on auto-pilot, and depending fully on the artificial intelligence of the built-in computers of the spacesuit. The spirit slips into a half-awake fixation on the excit-ing details of the body, warts and all, of the Earth and of Earth Life, forgets its real self almost completely save for a haunting “inkling.” Spirit, the real self, then leaves it up to the gray-matter computer of the body to completely take over the spirit’s very identity and command of the “education and self-creation mission,” the very reason in the first place why the spirit had to “receive a body” and wear it, and synergize with it. It is not at all surprising, then, that the body’s built-in computer in the skull can freely command the body’s mouth to say “I am hungry” instead of “my body is hungry” and to also say, “I have a soul.”

What has happened? The spirit has forgotten the reality that all spirits are not only interconnected but actually one conti - guous reality. Only an inkling of it has remained. And the mind of the body, paying more heed to illusion-prone perceptions of the “five-only senses” and perceives humans only as skin-wrapped (at best, aura-wrapped) separate but interacting indivi-duals, not as individual parts of a glorious whole, of a seamless reality.

Ken Cousens tells us more on this spirit-body synergy teamed-up in continuing creation. He says in his The Doorway to Alcyone (Capstone Publishing, Colorado, USA, 1998, p. 65):

“In the study of quantum physics a simple axiom was ar-rived at upon which the whole study of subatomic universe is founded. This axiom is that the object of observation cannot be separated from the consciousness that observes it. The actual act of observation affects the perceived nature of the object of ob-servation. If this is true in the subatomic level, then it must be true on all levels. All matter is made up of atoms and all atoms are made up of subatomic particles. If the act of observing a par-ticle influences the nature of that particle, then the very acts of observing our world will affect the world that we observe. Stat - ed another way, this perfectly describes how we are creating our world. If it were true that we are separated from self. then we observe the world through a filter that reinforces that picture of reality. If we experience ourselves as separate from God or any other description of the eternal and divine, then the world we project outside of ourselves will reinforce that perception.

“That is why the foundation of this entire book rests on the perception that we cannot fix that which is broken. By our very acts of interacting with something that is perceived to be broken, and a reality construct that supports that perspective, we reinforce the nature of the problem. This has always been understood and utilized by those in control on this planet. The only solution is to focus on what is real. We must start from a position that we are perfected and whole beings. That is real.”

But how can we tell what is real? Back in 2000, I wrote a yet-unpublished mini-book, an anthology of short pieces of profound thoughts from various authors, and said in the “Au-thor-Collector’s Introduction”:

“Into the new millennium, information gluts will be flooding all the ‘RAMs’ and ‘hard drives’ of our mind, and only those of us with Wisdom will know the useful from the useless, and will thus be saved from drowning in the sheer volume of the latter. Only those with reawakened wisdom will know how to

60

Page 61: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

use whatever can be made useful. Only those with reawakened wisdom can prevent their minds from degenerating into mere ex-tensions of floppy diskettes and hard drives and Internet connec-tions, and instead preserve their human identity and human dignity in full exaltation of their greater capability and destiny.

“They would exalt the faculty for discernment and appre-ciation that is far beyond the capacity of diskettes and state-of-the-art computers equipped with whatever brand of ‘Intel Inside,’ ”

Half a decade earlier, I wrote this ten-word “EdR Deka-log ‘95” which says: “Information Superhighway good, but for own Human Life seek Wisdom.” If we seek an enhancement of wisdom, we keep ourselves above being mere extensions of the storage spaces of copies of trivial data files from the Internet.

We can be that, too, why not, but well beyond that. Downloads for wisdom resonate well with downloads from the Innernet, where the whispers of bright realizations move us ever closer, even if very slowly to remembering our real identity in this convincingly-realistic virtual-reality Matrix of earth experiences as packaged in a learning-experiencing-creating program called “earth life.”

Remembering our identity is “re-membering” our iden-tity, says Walsch in his Conversations with God trilogy. That means being aware again that each one is a member of a Great and Glorious Whole.

7. ‘Character Confronts Circumstance’

Why the “big fuss” about remembering our real identity? Because almost all of us are in varying degrees of confusion about who we really are.

Do you know this guy? “Of course! I know his face, I know his name, I’ve been given his calling card long ago, I have read in the news how much money he makes in a year, and just recently I attended his talk and heard his full bio-data when he was being introduced. He even knows me, too!” So, do you know this guy? Then you’ll get shocked if tomorrow morning he’ll publicly admit having masterminded a largescale scam or if tomorrow morning he commits suicide. “I can’t believe this! He looked so nice, and he looked so contented and happy with his life!” Isn’t the world a stage where role-players pretend, and then begin to believe their own costumes and charade?

And you think he even knows you, just because he has shaken your hand and exchanged smiles and calling cards with you. How can anyone else know you when don’t even know exactly who you really are, when you get confused with all the layers of astronaut suits and costumes you’ve grown accustomed to wearing like your body’s skin and mistaking your body for your real self? Don’t get me wrong. I’m not trying to insult, I’m just trying to jolt. And the whole thing applies to me, too!

One of the dozen or so books I have written is titled My NoveLife: My ‘Novel View’ of Life (Manila: Educar Enterprises, 1996), where I used the novel as a metaphor for life, where God is referred to as the Great Author and myself as co-creator of my life. This passage comes from Chapter 3 (p. 9):

“Well, I do have some thoughts now dancing around in my mind since being triggered off by the question (what do I really know about novel-writing?). If I am to run down some of the thoughts, there would be seven words starting with “C”: characters, who are reflecting culture, in confrontation with a series of configurations of circumstances, reflecting bigger con-texts, with consequences, in turn affecting some of these charac-ters, configurations, and circumstances to varying degrees. That

61

Page 62: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

is quite a mouthful when read aloud, but not so heavy, really, when they are just dancing around in my mind.”

What came out as abovequoted started as a basic des-cription of a scene, with only three words, and let me come back to that basic description now: character confronts circum - stance. For every human, the most basic awareness in moment-to-moment episodes of one’s earth life can be described in terms of character confronting circumstance. “There are two basic challenges faced by writers of stories, especially of novels,” I say further in that book. “One is the creation of very realistic human characters… The other is the stringing up, or weaving, of a complex set of circumstances to be confronted by the char-acters….” In analyzing (while co-authoring and appreciating), my very own earth life as an unfolding novel, where should I put the boundary between character and circumstance? Isn’t my face, long taken for granted as a part my identity, actually part of my circumstance?

Yes, if I re-member who I really am — an embodied spirit that is seamlessly an organic part, a jigsaw-puzzle piece with boundaries healed enough to vanish, of the Great and Glorious Whole. I am now circumstantially wearing a personality vehicle called body-mind and synergizing with it in earth life for actualization and further growth.

I am, therefore I do. Do what? I do re-membering.

And from the “whole-tree” viewpoint (involving all the chakras from the roots through the crown), I become increas-ingly aware of, and I increasingly appreciate from total body-mind-spirit experience, my real identity, where the terms “my body” and “my mind” will frequently be used to relate to most of the earth experiences, and the phrase “my soul” will be banished forever as a redundance.

Early on in the previous chapter, I enumerate “ins-tructions” that start with “You will receive a body,” and include a line that says “The Answers Lie Inside You.” And if I do remember right from my first reading of this long ago, the last line says: “You will forget this.” I bring in now in a line I com-posed from the standard opening scene in episodes of the Mission: Impossible series, “Your mission, Jim, should you decide to accept it is… to remember who you are.”

For, as Walsch says, we don’t have to “go to Heaven”, we are already “there.” We just have to wake up in it. And Redfield says Hell is not to know this.

The answers lie inside each of us, deep within the very core of one’s being as one whole human synergy of all our respective body, mind and spirit synergies, while we individually and together travel, amid all the noise and haste, down the path of our Awareness Journey and gradually re-member fully.

After receiving your body and forgetting all this, your mission is to remember who you are, an awareness so much enriched and actualized in living experience of bringing glorious divinity into the filthiest marketplaces of earth life.

8. Creation’s Self-Reflexive Appreciation

Soul of our spirit’s nature apparently chooses as instrument matter of the nature of our living cells with mind and energies of our personality, then this soul had to wait for matter to evolve to such levels of refinement for its incarnation for whatever purpose such incarnation would be. Cognition, emo-tions, comprehension, appreciation, love bordering on uncon-ditional, and joy that is profound – these are activities and capabilities widely thought up to now as exclusive to human experience, exclusive to the homo sapiens sapiens, or to the still emergent homo universalis.

62

Page 63: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Brian Swimme (1984) tells us:

“Just as hoof is memory, the human body is memory. Think of how many creatures are involved in the ancestral tree for the creation of our fingers! When you lift your hand, you are lifting all the vast experimentation that led to that hand. There before you is the history of the great events in the universe: the biological exploration, the supernova explosion, all the significant moments of the last twenty billion years are remembered.”

To emphasize this point beyond the Darwinian evolution of the body, Swimme says:

“(F)rom a physical point of view, the movement of the ions in your brain corresponds to your subjective experience. Different ion flows would give you qualitatively different ex-periences; or, equally true, a qualitatively different mood would manifest as a different movement of iopns in your nervous system. The question I want to ask is simply this. What enables the ions to move? Or what enables you to think? On what power do you rely for your thinking, feeling, and wondering?

“Ions don’t move by their own power: they have to be pushed and tugged about. A close examination shows that an energy-soaked molecule in the brain is responsible for the ion movement. Closer examination shows that this molecule is able to push ions around because of energy it got, ultimately, from the food that you eat. The food got the energy from the Sun; food traps a photon in the net of its molecule webbing, and this photonic energy pushes and pulls the ions in your brain, making possible your present moment of amazing human subjectivity. Right now, this moment, ions are flowing this way and that because of the manner in which you have organized energy from the Sun.

“But we’re not done yet. Where did the photon come from? We know that in the core of our Sun, atomic fusion cre-ates helium atoms out of hydrogen atoms, in the process re-leasing photons of sunlight. So, if photons come from hydrogen atoms, where did the hydrogen get the photons? This leads us to the edge of the primeval fireball, to the moment of creation itself.

“The primeval fireball was a vast gushing forth of light, first so powerful that it carried elementary particles about as if they were bits of bark on a tidal wave. But as the fireball con-tinued to expand, the light calmed down until, hundreds of thousands of years later, the energy level decreased to a point where it could be captured by electrons and protons in the community of the hydrogen atom. Hydrogen atoms rage with energy from the fireball, symphonic storms of energy held together in communities extremely reluctant to give this energy up. But in the cores of stars, hydrogen atoms are forced to release their energy in the form of photons, and this photonic showed from the beginning of time powers your thinking.”

I take note of two points from this lengthy description from Swimme: one, that the origin of power for ion flow in brain activity is the entire stretch of creation and evolution process; and, two, the way ions do flow is determined by how we organize that same energy coming to us from our Sun. The first point underscores how intimately interlinked we have always been and always will be with the rest of the Cosmos; the second point underscores a cumulative process of the way we shape the organizing of this energy, the cumulative consciousness which synergizes all the whispers of our innermost selves with all the experiences we undergo in earth life. The first is in the realm of physics and bio-physics; the second is in the realm of developing awareness and appreciation.

63

Page 64: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

James Redfield, of Celestine Prophecy fame, gives us this summary of the Tenth Insight, titled “Holding the Vision”: “As the tide of remembrance (of our individual and collective birth intentions) continued to sweep the planet, all humans began to understand that our destiny was to discuss and compare the perspectives of our relative religions and, while honoring the best of their individual doctrines at the personal level, ultimately to see that each religion supplemented the others and to integrate them into a synthesized global spirituality." … "The key aspect of this Vision is not a mere experience of it, although that's hard enough. It's how we project this Vision of the future, how we hold it for the rest of humanity.” [from "Remembering the Future" and "Holding the Vision", The Tenth Insight: Holding the Vision by James Redfield (New York: Warner Books, 1996)]

Holding the vision for the rest of humanity is immense enough a task. But humans have apparently been designed to hold the appreciative vision of global spirituality for a mandate that goes way beyond the collective consciousness only of our own species. Swimme goes on to attempt an explanation why the universe took all the trouble of evolving the humans, or, put another way, what the humans can accomplish for the universe from hereon, given our unique capabilities that represent a synergy of all earlier evolutionary stages:

“We need a new human in a new Earth, creating and entering new relationships with the primary realities of the universe. In the most obvious meaning, all our difficulty as a species on this planet stems from our false relationships with winds, seas, life, sunlight, and land. It’s not that we’re bad; we’ve simply been trying to live outside our true relationships with these primordial cosmic presences.

“But as you move into the full universe, you will discover something stupendous. All these powers are yours! They cost nothing! They do not depend on the color of your

skin, the name of your religion, or your place of birth. The further development of the Earth community depends upon our ripening as a species, but nothing is more natural for the human person to accomplish.

“We sometimes fall into the delusion that power is elsewhere, that it belongs to a different group, that we are unable to find access to it. Nothing could be further than the truth. The universe oozes with power, waiting for anyone who wishes to embrace it. But because the powers of cosmic dynamics are invisible, we need to remind ourselves of their universal presence. Who reminds us? The rivers, plains, galaxies, hurricanes, lightning branches, and all our living companions.” (p. 150-151)

Earlier in his book, Swimme is more direct with this point (all underscoring mine, except those set in boldface):

“The human provides the space in which the universe feels its stupendous beauty. Think of it this way: before the human arrived, the Earth and universe were magnificent realities. However, some of the depths of this magnificence had yet to be felt, yet to be appreciated. We enabled some of the depths of the universe to be tasted, and we have only just begun our venture; much waits on our maturity. … “Think of what it would be if there were no humans on the planet: the mountains and the primeval fireball would be magnificent, but the Earth would not feel any of this. Can you see the sadness of such a state? The incompleteness? … (H)umans can house the tremendous beauty of the Earth, of life, of the universe. We can value it, feel its grandeur.” (pp. 32-33)

“We are the self-reflexion of the universe. We allow the universe to know and feel itself. So, the universe is aware of itself through self-reflexive mind, which unfurls in the human. We were brought forth so that the experiences of beauty could

64

Page 65: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

enter awareness. The primeval fireball existed for twenty billion years without self-awareness.

“The creative work of the supernovas existed for billions of years without self-reflexive awareness. That star could not, by itself, become aware of its own beauty or sacrifice. But the star can, through us, reflect back on itself. In a sense, you are the star. Look at your hand. Do you claim it as your own? Every element was forged in temperatures a nillion times hotter than molten rock, each atom fashioned in the blazing heat of the star. Your eyes, your brain, your bones, all of you is composed of the stars creations. You are that star, brought into a form of life that enables life to reflect on itself.

“So, yes, the star does know of its great work, or its surrender to allurement, of its stupendous contribution to life, but only through its further articulation – you.” (pp. 58-59)

If the living organism Gaia that is planet Earth has for its circulatory system all its waters, and for its digestive tract the soil including all the microorganisms therein, what makes for Gaia’s mind? The preceding paragraphs seem to point to us humans, to our consciousness. Are we now about to sigh, “Poor Gaia!!!”? An English poet once lamented…

Full many a gem of purest ray sereneThe dark unfathom’d depth of oceans bear;Full many a flower is born to blush unseenAnd waste its fragrance in the desert air.

And this whole point dovetails with, and is elevated still further by, what Walsch writes in Conversations (Book 3, pp. 50-51) as God saying to him:

“I am the Creator – That Which Creates. Yet I choose to know Myself in My Own Experience.

“Just as I know my perfection of design through a snowflake, My awesome beauty through a rose, so, too, do I know my creative power – through you.

“Through you, I can know every aspect of Me. The perfection of the snowflake, the awesome beauty of the rose, the courage of lions, the majesty of eagles, all resides in you. In you I have placed all these things – and one thing more: the consciousness to be aware of it.

“Thus have you become self-conscious. And thus have you been given the greatest gift, for you have been aware of yourself being yourself – which is exactly what I am.

“I am Myself, aware of Myself being Myself.

“This is what is meant by the statement, I Am That I Am.

“You are that Part of Me which is the awareness, experienced.

“And what you are experiencing (and what I am experiencing through you) is Me, creating Me.

“I am in the continual act of creating Myself.”

Before I end this section, let me recall that tree, that is “breathing heaven while deeply rooted in earth.” No experience of ours on earth is so petty that it would be useless in God’s continual self-creation or in the self-reflexive awareness of the universe. Cherished well are those experiences of ours in the effort to rediscover and actualize who we really are, embodied spirits experiencing earth for the greater glorification of its Loving Creator and Synergy of All Synergies, incarnated souls simultaneously aware of our body-mind experiences and of our divine real selves as fingers of the same Divine Hand.

9. Appreciation Powerfully Creates

65

Page 66: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Just as the Human Mind can be seriously considered as the self-reflexive appreciation organ of the entire Creation, the self-reflexive experiencer-appreciator of God Herself/Himself, the Human Mind is a powerful creator. This should not be surprising at all for people who believe that we are all fingers of the same Divine and Almighty Hand.

The Mind is not quite just the Intellect but it also ————has that intellectual part faithfully subscribed to its self-developed force of logic. But it also has that other part whose acts are not exactly always logically-defensible but nevertheless very real, and often more creative and more powerful than the Intellect. We call it Intuition.

Synergy between them, the synergy between the more logical “Left Brain” thinking and the more intuitive “Right Brain” feeling, makes the Human mind a super-creator in its own right. In synergy, which I believe to be the natural mode of existence of the Human Mind and of everything else, the Mind as a holonic reality is at its best. However, disharmony between the “Left Brain” and the “Right Brain” limits this power tre-mendously. Remember my narration and explanation about “halving a synergy”?

The usual culprit in preventing the synergy, actually breaking the synergy in the realm of our consciousness, is the logical part. While the Intellect — accumulating all of what philosopher Ayn Rand calls conceptual integrations, including the effect of the study of Logic itself as a basic subject in Philosophy — is a very useful, universal and almost-exclusive tool of the Humans, earning for us the self-edifying label, “homo sapiens,” we also often allow it to be powerful a self-limiting force. This is why most of the inventions of the mind often comes more from the more creative and more daring Intuition part of the Mind.

One lesson that has to be learned really fully by the Intel-lect is honest humility that there exist realities that have to be acknowledged even if our sciences have not developed enough to fully comprehend them, and even if our sciences may never actually develop enough to fully comprehend them. Veneration of the unknown, instead of fear or resentment (and therefore stubborn rejection) of it, is not at all a very easy lesson to learn.

Still, we are learning, albeit very gradually, to acknow-ledge the Intellect’s innate limitations, and acknowledge as well the very real power of Intuition. Quantum physicists are at the forefront of the scientific community becoming more and more spiritual and frankly admitting so with nary a tinge of guilt or defensiveness. You’d hear “We don’t really know” more often from them, in talking about the atom, than from the over-confident student who had just passed an undergrad course in Basic Physics. From experience, the leading practitioners and academicians of Science have attained full agreement with the realization that “The more you know, the more you know that you do not know.”

Psychologists were among the first to assert publicly the power of the “mind over matter,” with the most obvious effects of a person’s state of mind on his or her physical health. And then the practitioners of the paranormal sciences followed suit, with their studies on telepathy, psychometry and telekinesis. Phenomena related to hypnotism, near-death experiences and astral travel have since been documented with great levels of consistency in patterns. Then came studies on “consciousness grids” for humans and even for such animals as monkeys. A chapter in Part Three of this book carries accounts on the “Hundredth Monkey” experiment, and the “Hundredth Human” experiment.

Because of increasing numbers of incidents unexplain-able by the pure and hard sciences, more and more from among

66

Page 67: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

even the most die-hard fans of pure-logic are being forced by their very same logic to acknowledge as real many things their own sciences cannot make sense of. The universe is unfolding as it should, the inevitable is happening –Human consciousness is increasingly ready to accord enough respect for Intuition. Human consciousness is moving back to the synergy of Intellect and Intuition to end the long mental negation of this perpetual reality. This negation, though merely mental, is powerfully real, because the Mind is powerful enough to create and to de-create.

Are there many people who still seriously doubt the power of the mind? Then these people have not heard of doctors employing fake pills, called placebo, that induce in patients a sense of certainty in the efficacy of that pill and that sense of certainty actually cures her. These people may not have heard of cancer patients “dying on schedule,” that is, killing themselves along the timeline predicted by their doctors. Or of people dying of suffocation in stalled elevators just because they had not been informed that air vents in those elevators were working all the time to supply them with more that enough oxygen for days. Or of that hitchhiker who “froze” to death after he found himself locked in a refrigerator train coach and did not know that the refrigerating mechanism wasn’t even working at the time.

A medical student was once charged with “excessive happiness” and almost got expelled from medical school, before he received fame for his very effective but unorthodox ways. His name is Dr. Patch Adams, M.D. And he is quoted in House Calls (of the Robert Reed Publications) saying (emphasis mine):

“Faith can have a profound impact on health. It is a very personal experience of thought and surrender, which can comfort in every situation. Faith is free and available to all people at all times. It only requires that one fully embrace possibility, and the ultimate value is in the depth of the embrace.

Dr. Adams speaks of depth of embrace of possibility. If we can as much as be “simply open” to many possibilities, including those we cannot logically predict, then that is already a very good start, for we shall have decided to stop rejecting. We can deepen the embrace by visualizing it vividly, by desiring it fervently, and having enough faith to “thank heavens!” — well in advance — for its coming to pass, the way we can thank the waiter immediately after he says “Coming right up!”

Hey! Doesn’t that sound like a form of prayer, complete with enough faith to say “So be it, thank you!” (Amen!)? Well, isn’t it precisely that clarity of desire and strong faith in its fulfillment that makes prayers powerful? And in praying, aren’t we creating the desired reality by clearly recalling Who We Really Are and talking to God within our very selves?

In Conversations With God, Book 3 (pp. 60 and 67), Walsch has God telling him:

“In the creation of individual reality, thought control, or what some might call prayer – is everything.

“Thought control is the highest form of prayer. There-fore, think only of good things, and righteous. And even in moments when things look bleak – especially in those moments – see only perfection. Express only gratefulness, and then imagine only what manifestation of perfection you choose next. In this formula is found tranquility. In this process is found peace. In this awareness is found joy.

x x x

“… Assume a different perspective and you will have a different thought about everything. In this way you will have learned to control your thought, and in the creation of your experience, controlled thought is everything. Some people call this constant prayer.

67

Page 68: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

“…dwell not in the negativity and darkness, though you may be immersed in it.”

(Of course, I have no doubt that Walsch meant such “thought control” to be self-control in favor of the positive, based on wisdom gained from experiencing the effects of indulging in negativity.)

When we pray, do we look upwards to some distant God? Shouldn’t we look within, instead, and confidently invoke that same almighty power of which we all partake within the reality of the Divine Oneness of All?

PART THREE: JOINED IN GRANDER SYNERGIES“JUST as fully functioning persons write the script of their own lives,” says Buscaglia (in Personhood, 1978, p. 104), “they also respect the connectiveness of all things along the way. They realize that the self is only the self in that it has a world, a structure of which it is a part – a part, yet apart. We are a community of persons and a world of things. We are what we are because birds exist, plants grow, bees pollinate, winds blow, tides change, rains fall, and accidents happen. Nothing occurs in the world that in some way does not affect us all. Even the most insignificant act we perform will have some effect upon the world.”

Further down, Buscaglia adds: “… We are each a singular person but we are each a universal person. Both are equally important.”

In Part One we discuss various metaphors of the synergism principle and their varying degrees of appropriateness in representing this powerful principle. Human beings are potentially the most excellent metaphors, nay embodiments, of this principle considering our nature with its evolved capability to unite dynamically for the full re-membering and full synergy.

However, human beings have been accorded free will, and in the present stage of evolution of the use of this freedom of choice, the stage of only a blurred inkling of our real identity, the tendency has largely been towards separativeness, turning our potential excellence for personifying synergism into the actualization of its exact opposite. Two humans together can have the team power of three, but if in the exercise of their free will they choose to compete, they can easily cancel each other out and the resultant capacity may be a big fat zero.

Whenever a group of humans choose to ignore or even reject the reality of our essential oneness, they are unable to avail themselves of the ever-present power of the synergism principle. Many human attempts at building mechanisms for united action collapse when separative ego rears its ugly head. On the other hand, whenever they do the opposite and actualize their essential oneness as humans, they find synergism is instantly in operation, increasing the capability of each one and of the larger holon they create among themselves.

Synergies set up by humans are always at risk of falling apart because of “evil” which I have referred to in my own version of The Lord’s Prayer as “all alienation and separation from (God) and from one another.” Synergies set up with creation itself are only at risk from without, that is, from the separative and therefore destructive tendencies of humans.

Like the Sun, which never actually sets and never actually rises, the synergism principle is always there ready to

68

Page 69: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

play its “magical role” whenever two or more of us are gathered in the name of Our Divine Oneness. I expressed this of the Sun in a short text-message I recently sent out to some of my friends:

“The sun constantly smiles upon the earth, but half the time the earth turns away from its unconditional love. Sunrise is when the earth begins to smile back.”

Chapter 6: Intimate Personal Bondings

1. Love – It’s All There is

NEALE Donald Walsh (Conversations, Book 3, 1999, pp. 206-207) had God saying:

“Love is that which is unlimited. There is no beginning and no end to it. No before and no after. Love always was, is and always will be.

“So love is also always. It is the always reality.

“Now we get back to another word we used before—freedom. For if love is unlimited, and always, then love is… free. Love is that which is perfectly free.

“Now in the human reality, you will find that you always seek to love, and to be loved. You will find that you will always yearn for that love to be unlimited. And you will find that you will always wish you could be free to express it.

“You will seek freedom, unlimitedness, and eternality in every experience of love. You may not always get it, but that is

what you will seek. You will seek this because this is what love is, and at some deep place you know that because you are love, and through the expression of love you are seeking to know and to experience Who and What You Are.

“You are life expressing life, love expressing love, God expressing God.

“God – Life – Love – Unlimited – Eternal – Free. Anything which is not one of these things is not any of these things. You are all of those things, and you will seek to experience yourself as all of these things….”

2. Intimate Personal Bonds—Families and Friendships

Families are said to be “basic units” of society. In ancient times, they were considered to be household units, where the “man of the house,” the patriarch or the petty patriarch made all decisions for the internal affairs of the family and represented the latter in broader decision-making processes like exercising the right to suffrage. It was only within the century just past that women won that right and the basis of membership in society became individuals as citizens. But families and their role in the social structure were changed by social dynamics since the advent of the industrial age, which Alvin Toffler calls “Second Wave” and more so in the current transition to the Information Age.

Meantime, with family ties getting weaker and weaker in modern and post-modern society, friendships have been fulfilling more and more of the needs of humans as social beings. Frustrated parents are complaining that their children are gravitating more and more to friendship circles, even as these parents themselves are spending more and more hours with their “associates, business partners, and potential clients.” Both sets of associations are inherently noble and both deserve to be

69

Page 70: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

developed instead of allowing the convenience drift to completely obliterate the erstwhile “basic unit” of society. This can be done by fully appreciating each of the two in their commonalities and contrast, and by aiming for complementation, for synergy, for mutual enrichment between the family dynamics and friendship dynamics.

My article proposing a serious and wider study on the mutual enrichment between family ties and friendships, which is Paradigm No.13 (A Gathering of Light for Empowerment), says that “personal bonds are developed by each individual on the basis of shared experiences and according to that person’s hierarchy of needs. All these are human synergies, where each party enjoys from the interaction a magnification of her or his own strengths and capabilities, and fulfills the basic needs of the human person as a social being, including self-actualization and self-affirmation.” The following paragraphs make up a substantial excerpt from that article:

Although these personal bonds make up the reality of community and society, the depth and nature of specific personal interactions or ties vary widely. They range from the level of being friendly acquaintances and functional interactions to that of close friendships where bonds develop on many levels and upon a set of mutual needs being satisfied, all the way to being very close friends and close-in team-ups where the parties relate with one another and are enriched at the deepest personal levels or at levels deemed by these parties to be most important (according to their respective value systems).

The personal bonds that we — often half-consciously — develop with persons around us are shaped by our unique personal needs within our unique personal circumstances. In a way, there is at least a mutually-accepted, though unwritten, commitment to a set of expectations from each party. These range from the minimum expectation that the other person would

not do you harm intentionally, and would act in civilized behavior, or would contribute something for a common interest, or even assist in some way when the others need help, all the way to formalized commitments of fidelity to relationships, like marriage, or to common missions and tasks, like membership in organizations.

When the expectations are not met, or especially when one or some, or even all, could not or could no longer maintain the commitment, the bond slides down in level or may even be completely ended. Many of the expectations are frustrated because they had not been clearly agreed to in the first place by the parties. In many other circumstances the parties may have benefited from a brief interaction and were satisfied with that one-time pleasant interlude, and saw no need or possibility to relate to each other any further. This happens very often with simple acquaintances, too often in fact to be noticed and remembered, that such friendly acquaintances really just come and go in our lives.

Beyond friendly acquaintance, however, there are two kinds of personal bonds that last longer and touch the parties’ lives at least a bit more deeply or profoundly. These are relationships within a nuclear family, and relationships among friends, let alone among or between close friends. Family and friendship relations have their own respective characteristics that make for advantages and disadvantages.

But these bonds do vary in texture and depth from one familial relationship to another, and also from one friendship to another, due to the specificity of their respective circumstances and histories and due to the respective needs they satisfy or fail to satisfy.

Both the familial bonds and the friendships play important roles in the comfort, growth and happiness of each

70

Page 71: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

individual. They both provide the circumstances needed by each one for self-actualization, self-affirmation and overall growth. They jointly hold up to each one a mirror of oneself.

What are the innate differences between family members on the one hand and friends on the other? While family ties automatically result from the shared blood circumstance, and are therefore basically permanent, friendships are basically choiceful and transient.

You don’t get to choose your relatives; you just get born and find yourselves in the same family or in the same clan. They did not exactly choose you, either, but you can make them glad to have found you in the same family with them!

Although a common upbringing together under one roof often results in a shared value system during the formative years when the children are still generally receptive to influence from the same pair of parents, commonality of genes do not at all make for similarity of character, habits, tastes and peeves. There would, therefore, be a lot of conflicts, including emotional ones, while they are practically forced by circumstances of home setting to continue sharing common bedrooms, using the same toothpaste tubes, and tolerating one another’s personal habits.

Still, these are the persons who know you best, including most of your worst personal habits, including how terrible you look when you really look your worst. The problem with many family members is that they tend to concentrate on remembering your worst, and do not bother to express, or at times even notice, your positive points. And because love is supposedly automatic here, something “to be taken for granted,” many family members, especially the siblings, don’t bother to express such love with “terms of endearment.”

What often makes it worse is how the factor of perma-nence of the bond plays out here. Siblings, for example, can

assume they don’t have to resolve emotional conflicts among them, and may tend to just let time gloss over these. In some cas-es, time does heal and they would be prepared to laugh together later about their earlier conflicts. However, in some other cases conflicts or at least the really deep resentments accumulate, and the affected parties, or at least one or some of them, would feel trapped in the permanence of their having to remain as siblings. Instead of appreciating the permanence as an endless stream of opportunities for endearment and mutual affirmation, and for resolving conflicts when these occur, they tend to suffer the permanence as an “endless period of mutual tolerance,” or even a constant “cold war.”

In this situation, the feuding siblings often forget that they have already shared years upon years of common weal and woe and have helped and forgiven one another countless times; they somehow accord more value to what friends have done for them over much shorter periods.

71

Page 72: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

(The tendency is to appreciate more the endearing gesture from a friend, because it’s supposed to be essentially “voluntary,” than a bigger favor or even a countless stream of favors from a brother or a sister, because it’s supposed to be essentially “done out of duty.”)

Close friends often start off as friendly acquaintances who know only what one would choose to let others know or have to let them know about one’s own personal habits and history, generally excluding the most embarrassing parts. Friendly acquaintances often afford you the comfort of “quiet” companionship. There is the enjoyment of having some fun together or even just laughing together about some very forgettable thing or other. In this setting, they are happily away from disciplinary lectures from parents or other authority figures.

Such enjoyment is also available to family members, especially between arriving home from work or school and going to bed, but no effort is made to seek and give the availability of family members for this, especially if pressure is applied and is resisted. In some cases, the size of the family, the age gaps between the siblings, or the necessity of focusing all time and energy to breadwinning for survival, would become the challenging factors. To some people, spouses have become pressure figures they would rather be away from when they want to relax. Even in the face of mounting problems in the family, including its mounting expenses, married couples have to learn to relax and enjoy together.

Many of us would tend to feel relaxed with friends or in other words more “at home” with them than with those people we live in the same house with.

And you choose to develop close friendships with some of these friendly acquaintances or choose to allow the deve-lopment of such close friendship, calibrating which things to re-veal about yourself at any given time, to ascertain their levels of trustworthiness. And as a close friendship gets cherished, you tend to be willing to walk the extra mile to maintain it. After all, because friendships are transient, you are aware that you can still possibly lose it anytime and you choose to try your best not to. Here is where terms of mutual endearment and mutual support are deemed as needed and expressively appreciated in a continu-ing stream.

Still, when a conflict does erupt, friends have the option to keep away from one another for a while, even for weeks on end if needed, and then slide back to normal togetherness after resentments cool down a bit. (This option cannot easily be chosen by feuding siblings who have to share a bedroom every night or by feuding spouses who share the same bed; here, taking the option of keeping apart can be dramatically traumatic, and one would likely choose to suffer the conflict in silence, and, worse, just “get used to it.”)

As some of your friendships get closer, you get to be known more intimately by your friends than by your parents and siblings. While the latter tend to have a frozen picture of you on the basis of your latest meaningful transaction with them, your current close friends get front seats, even active roles to play, in the drama of your life as it unfolds in real time.

This situation holds both the positive and the negative potentials in terms of influencing the lives of young people.

On the one hand, friends provide you with listening ears to vent your woes into, with shoulders to cry on, with sources of affirmation, for persons who need such support badly. They would even offer a lot of wisdom and prudence to the despe-rately confused or self-resentful.

72

Page 73: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

On the other hand, bad feelings and tendencies to rebel can, and at times actually do, get mutually-reinforced and result in the group members finding themselves together in more trou-ble than before.

These two tendencies are often present simultaneously and often contend with each other; the situation is often saved by those group members who had been given enough moral foundation by their respective families before they even ven-tured out to bonding closely with peer groups.

The problem is there may be a growing number of pa-rents who alienate themselves from such groups by exerting pressure on their children to stay away from their peers who they fear might be a “bad influence” on their children. Worse, a growing number of parents have chosen to abdicate or have been forced to abdicate on their role of giving the “good influence” (moral foundation-setting) on their children much earlier.

Nuclear families generally live together under one roof. Parents and the children, who are not necessarily the natural offspring of either or both of them, are expected to do so, sharing the family home and the food on the table. Close family relations have been built in this kind of setting for centuries, even for millennia, on end.

Closely-knit families were still the rule much more than the exception in the Philippines at the time the Katipunan was gather-ing a synergy among the diverse communities in our archipelago to birth our nationhood and win our national freedom. That is why Andres Bonifacio, the Katipunan founder, chose the family as the central metaphor for the nationhood that was being birthed: the Katipuneros professed their love for “Inang Bayan,” called them-selves “mga Anak ng Bayan,” and called one another kapatid or sibling. But the Katipunan leaders were careful not to be racist, and they even campaigned for relations among nations based on the same bonds of symbolic siblinghood, which he explained as the philosophy behind the ancient practice of having blood compacts. They instituted their own version of such a compact by signing their oaths of allegiance to the Katipunan in their own blood.

Up to much more recent times, closely-knit families were giving meaning to the words “para ko nang kapatid” referring to friendships so close that the bond is almost like that of siblinghood. No blood compact accompanies such descriptions but the elements of intimacy and mutual trust and intended permanence that we dis-cussed above are realities lived and enjoyed by all concerned.

These, and the phenomenon of extended families that in-clude close friends, are living metaphors of the family as a healthy and happy synergy. They result from choiceful inclusion, intended to be permanent, into a framework of unity that is both innately automatic and permanent. The readiness of a family to “adopt members” reflects a certain level of self-confidence and a generally wholesome attitude to the rest of society outside its own bloodline boundaries.

73

Page 74: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

There are, however, some metaphorical allusions to close family ties that do a disservice to the latter. One of these is in the formation of many student fraternities (brotherhoods) and sororities (sisterhoods) whose behavior as formalized friendships defined to be dedicated to some social service is very much tainted by a long tradition of mutual antagonism with some other parallel groups that are basically identical with them, a sub-culture of war-like competition that tolerates, even abets, violent initiations within the organizations and violent rumbles among rival groups. Enjoying the loyal tolerance of alumni who are considered permanent mem-bers but whose development of personal maturity has not been tapped as a moderating influence, these groups have apparently been trapped in their glamorized traditions of violence that have destroyed their social image.

The violent routines, and their constant preparations for these, have dissipated energies that could have been focused, in-stead, on the voluntary social services they have offered. Worse, the rivalries have prevented many of these groups from achieving magnified capabilities in working together. Such a mixture of formalized and ritualized friendship, with the expected permanence of narrow loyalties, has been an unfortunate one. There is hope for change, though, if enough people in the position to influence these groups would exert enough unified efforts to effect such change.

We can also talk of metamorphosis, of transformation, where a close friendship actually develops into a family relation-ship. This would involve something like a blood compact, but blood from the parties to this kind of compact is mixed not in wine as in the ceremony between our native King Sikatuna and the rep-resentative of the King of Spain, and neither in signatures affixed to a sacred document such as the Katipunan oath, but mixed in the begetting and conceiving of offspring, of new human incarnations and channels of Life. This is the delicate transformation of simple friendship to romantic friendship, and finally to marriage.

Within the friendship stage of this process, there is a trans-formation of needs and expectations being mutually served. It can and often it does in fact begin with some physical attraction and gratification between the sexes, and seeking to fulfill the personal and social need for steady dates and all-around companionship.

Then it gets more serious and develops into an exclusive commitment for mutual courtship, and still more serious in ascertaining and confirming compatibilities for a life and continued growth together, including a comfortable and effective teaming-up for joint parenting, and, once ascertained by both parties as “meant to be,” preparing the relationship itself for the next stage, which is marriage. If it does not reach that, the relationship gets ended.

The act of choosing one’s life-partner, and the quality of mutually-supportive and mutually-fulfilling interaction between parties of such a relationship before their marriage, would generally determine the quality of interaction the partners would have within the marriage and would thus showcase for their children what sort of wholesome relationship can be developed and enjoyed within the family. They can thus lead together by example.

What value systems are chosen by both partners for their family to live by would not necessarily determine the stability and level of personal fulfillment they can expect to achieve in the marriage and in the family life. The more important factor is that the partners are compatible enough to be able to resolve discrepan-cies and really harmonize their respective personal values, and to choose to live by a cohesive and consistent set of values.

74

Page 75: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Otherwise, they would be forced into a running competition for influence on their children and/or into a permanent state of mutual toleration, even if we assumed that they could manage to stay “together” just “for the sake of the kids.” They suffer this, instead of enjoying deep love and continuing mutual enrichment for as long as they both shall live. And the children growing up under the influence of such behavior would probably adopt this same competition and mutual toleration mode among themselves as siblings.

Searching for a life-partner, one may find it exciting to be with, and try to change, a direct opposite in personality, values and intended lifepath. However, as life goes on and ma-turity sets in, sense of adventure in the mating game, which usually peaks during one’s campus years, is eventually out-grown.

One in creasingly longs to be in long-term romantic part - nership with someone who has at least similar values, prior ities and direction in life, someone you wouldn’t have to spend the rest of your life adjusting to. Someone you’d grow very comfort - ably with, who would be your teammate in rearing the offspring, someone you’d enjoy life with for many years and many decades.

Many stable spouses start out being the best of friends, and some do even before romance sparked in their hearts for each other. And they have ensured that the friendship be conti-nually nurtured and deepened. That’s why they have been stable.

There are real opportunities for building friendships with-in the family, friendships among family members, of varying deg-rees of closeness and in varying levels of development. These are real opportunities for loving one another really fully, in the words of Jesus Christ, “as I have loved you.”

My Christian background makes me invoke the very first two words of the prayer that Christ was said to have taught us: “Our Father…” By starting with that phrase, this prayer invokes the family as metaphor, and teaches us a profound lesson in jointly acclaiming our personal choice to love one another as members of one family.

Family members and friends are really living the lesson from this when they love one another — “As I have loved you” —- closely and consistently, whether or not they mention God or Christ at all. I’m sure there would be equivalents of this in other religions; but I’m not familiar enough with them to have the confidence even just to attempt to discuss them.

Family-oriented programs and projects of Christian insti-tutions and organizations, like the various Christian churches, may consider adding to the effectiveness of their efforts by helping their members see and love the Christ in each one of them and the Christ in their midst, in their strong unity or synergy.

Focusing their attention only on other matters, especially “heavenly themes,” would somehow allow their members to simply paraphrase the Lucy character of the Peanuts comic strip and say: “I love God, I love Christ, I love the Church, I love the Pope and the bishops and the priests and the pastors and the deacons and ministers, and the nuns… and our benefactors and friends and the poor and the sick. I love Mankind. It’s just these people all around me everyday that I can’t stand!”

75

Page 76: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

I know of families who had prayed the rosary on sched-ule everyday, but with most of the family members resentful of being forced by their parents to be present for it. The approach doesn’t work in having a family that stays together. To them I offer this paraphrase: “The family that prays together, with its members really living the prayers, stays together.”

In fact, this goes beyond families. The inner synergy (“innergy”) of the family can come a long way in contributing to the social synergy of the bigger community, in bigger and bigger concentric circles of inclusive embrace all the way to the Global Human Family and the entire Cosmic Whole (which we can also refer to as “Creation”). In this manner, inner family relation-ships can and still do contribute to the enrichment of all other social relationships.

Indeed, there are countless opportunities available for persons living under one roof to establish mutually-supportive and mutually-fulfilling bonds of love and mutual support.

Unfortunately, many married couples and many siblings feel more the pressures of permanence and of external factors (like parental authority, or the marriage contract), forcing them to cope with, to get used to, prolonged toleration.

Worse, a married person can become increasingly vulne-rable to temptations of extramarital affairs when he or she finds more emotional and spiritual (not religious) support or all-round gratification and affirmation from friends of the opposite sex than what his or her spouse is willing or able to give.

As mentioned above, siblings actually share years upon years of common weal and woe and help and forgive one another countless times, but they somehow accord more value to what friends have done for them over much shorter periods. Thus, many friendships are often given more focus in nurturing

and are allowed to substitute for family ties, often uninten-tionally contributing to the latter’s further disintegration.

Both the bonds of kinship and the bonds of friendship can be functioning side by side as complementary personal bonds with their own varying levels and forms of mutual per-sonal support, their own varying bases of endearment, and their own varying opportunities for common enjoyment. If these are handled erratically and reactively, or, worse, overreactively, one can ruin the other and both can get ruined eventually.

In the history of human development, families had been viewed as mechanisms for material resources accumulation, with the royally wealthy often engaging in arranged or even incest-uous marriages to keep the wealth in the family or in the same small group of allied families.

In the more recent era of encouraging extreme individual-ism, the stability and integrity of nuclear families have given way to other, more choiceful, groupings of people for their collective and individual needs, like informal or formalized friendships.

3. A Heartwarming Case Study

Considering that romantic love is something like a bridge between friendship and family dynamics, considering that it begins in friendship and has the perspective of teaming up for family-building through marriage, there are various nuances in friendships where at least one or even both parties would feel romantic energies. About half a decade ago, I had an opportunity to write about one such friendship. It is a synergism-oriented essay based on true-to-life characters and circumstances, and I carry it here in full:

76

Page 77: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

“A close friend of mine came across a story that would not be your usual mushy stuff for the Valentine season. This friend wants to share it with people who might find it insightful. I hope I do justice to this story both in my note-taking and retelling.

“The story tells of a man who met by chance a young lady whom he has since been describing as wonderfully beauti-ful inside out, a child-fairy who was very much mature for her body-age. He came to love her the way he was loving no other, and dreamt of the day she would be his lifepartner. She found him pleasant and inspiring, friendly and profound, his writings, his articulated insights, struck her with ‘deep, deep awe,’ and she asked that they be ‘celestine partners.’ Fondness sang in the way she pronounced his name on the phone whenever he called her up and identified himself, and he at first thought she was asking him to identify himself further. She beeped him often with sweet messages that he has cherished to this day as real priceless treasures from his past.

“Why past? Because all that was to last only until she heard it from him that he had fallen in love with her. To her, he was supposed to be ‘simply a friend.’ Still, she continued trust-ing in his integrity like no one else ever did outside his family, and went on long working trips alone with him. Finding him too precious a friend to lose, and feeling fulfilled about its happy and practical effects, she stuck it out in a close work partnership with him, in a productive synergy of thoughts and efforts, of sighs and cheers, of laughter and songs. They’ve practically been inseparable, through a string of widely-varied jobs and projects together, in a happy synergy and close-in companionship others would admire aloud or quietly envy. How they clicked! People around them noticed. Some started wishing they’d become lovers someday and others imagined they already were in some secret or subdued romance.

“However, this was not to be— perhaps not yet, more probably never. Her love for him is for a friend, no less than a very special one, all right, but no more than that, either. That, and just that. She has been in love with another man, committed to that one for many years, and feels a deep sense of triumph in such longevity of focus and commitment. She sticks with the ‘self-appointed best friend’ and by him in teamwork and friendship, but she has repeatedly clarified that it’s all there is to it, that not even a tiny spark of romantic love has ever been felt, or could ever possibly grow, in her heart for him. Actually, that’s all very plain and simple to take, and he has accepted it, at least intellectually, though not without tears.

“But over a long time he failed miserably to kill or divert the romantic part of his deep love for her, and he has left her no room to doubt either that depth or that failure. Still, it has been generally all right between them, save for times when he lost his brakes and expressed his romantic feelings distinct from their mutual friendly fondness, getting carried away by unmistakable expressions of that fondness from her. Those times, she’d get turned off and rebuke him, and she would threaten and seriously contemplate walking out of the friendship. Quite a number of times she actually did, but eventually cooled down and forgave him. And he promised to try harder in suppressing those express-ions of feelings or even to try to find a new beloved for his overflowing heart energies and his urgently-felt need for one. She’d believe him and the friendship would deepen and blossom even more and more… until his brakes failed again. Or until some well-meaning but insensitive kibitzers teased and got her pissed off… with him!

“She told him of her revulsion for his romantic love, that it upsets her, but assured that she enjoys the friendly fondness, the very deep bonds of friendship between their minds, and hearts (for non-romantic love), and even between them as souls.

77

Page 78: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

He expresses puzzlement at this, aside from disappointment. He just could not, and still cannot, understand why his love of that undoubted depth and sincerity can cause a negative feeling in anyone, let alone in her, and elicit a negative response at all, let alone a strong one. Unless he could suppress all overt ex-pressions of it, his romantic love for her has been an offense? Another woman could reject such love but without the revulsion, or with even a feeling of flattery or affirmation, instead. He just can’t understand it. But he knows he doesn’t even have to, and neither does she. What is strongly and honestly felt in her heart deserves everyone’s real respect.

“She reacts adversely to direct or implied comments and questions being posed by friends who can’t get it, either, or cannot conceal their wish for the two of them to be a loving pair. Her special-fondness behavior toward him has caused the wonderment. But if told that, she would likely decide to alter that behavior, instead of looking inward to try and understand it herself more deeply and really profoundly. Because even if she doesn’t understand it, she doesn’t really have to. But why does she have to reject the possibility of romance with such certainty and finality? they ask themselves aloud for him to hear. He says he’d rather take her word for it: He’s simply not her type. Period.

“But he did ask her about the puzzling revulsion, and she said that’s how she feels and she owes no one any explanations. True enough, for one never imposes mental logic on the feelings of the heart. Moreover, her right to privacy and her independence of mind and heart prohibits any demand for explanations. Her uniqueness here is part of her total uniqueness as an empowered woman, and he has been totally devoted to her empowerment, as he has been to her safety, health and happiness. (He was much earlier advised to woo some ‘dumb country lass’ if he wanted to really be loved and valued; and he

instantly ruled that out as exploitative and unfulfilling.) Despite the pain of hearing again the articulation of her rejection of his love, he took it all into his heart, even with gladness that the beautiful friendship has endured and blossomed even more. She was glad about that, too.

“These two are both unique, he and she. Both beautiful persons, by their own reckoning of each other, and surrounded by beautiful common friends who have deep respect and the best wishes for each of them and for their friendship. And so is their friendship unique and very beautiful as it has been up to now. It has proven how deep and sincere and even passionate a friendship can be between a man and a woman who are not into romance (where romance would tend to overshadow everything else and stunt the growth of many vital aspects of friendship). How it could even survive the way it has despite the tension coming from the emphatically-declared non-mutuality in the romantic element has been unbelievable in the eyes of many people around them.

“One friend kidded him: you’re plain ‘crazy.’ But they go on having that very productive and empowering synergies in many of their efforts, including those in the very personal affairs of each (health, family, money, careers, etc.). That is their joint uniqueness. And it’s very beautiful in its own way, so much so that it may have become irrelevant whether they would ever both want anything beyond it. That can remain hanging.

“So, he has asked his friends to stop asking now and then whether any ‘progress’ has been made. He tells them the friendship is blissful and he’s very happy to have it. Are you giving up?, they gasp out disappointed. He answers with a sigh, ‘I’m trying to.’ And why not?

“Why not, indeed! They’re both deeply happy jointly being a living tribute to Friend ship itself ! It is a reality that they

78

Page 79: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

both can now cherish, nurture, enjoy. Think they’re crazy or at least he is? Who cares? It’s their joint choice and reality, their joint uniqueness.”

End of that article. Now let me ask you, how many friendships do we see around that are as beautiful even if at times tension-filled as that one? What nuances of interpersonal dynamics can we learn to appreciate in this friendship for possible application to our own friendships and family ties?

Chapter 7:Gender HarmonyWHEN SanibLakas Foundation decided to address the gender question in the context of the Foundation’s serious study and application of the principle of synergism between the sexes, we knew that we could not be contented with mere gender sensitivity, although for reforming the consciousness of many people that would be a very good starting point. Neither could we advocate only for gender equality.

1. Gender Harmony as a Paradigm for Empowerment

While for the sake of fairness this should be sought and institutionalized in all civilized societies, we cannot stop at this level that could border on overmeasuring and nitpicking on relative valuations of various aspects of the intergender relationships. Because the valuations of the aspects can only be subjective, and because a woman cannot fully behave like a man and vice versa, the process would only trap both genders in endless, even rancorous, debates.

For this reason, the paradigm title recommended for consideration and officially adopted by the founding council members of the SanibLakas-convened Lambat-Liwanag Network of Centers for Empowering Paradigms became focused on Gender Harmony as an ultimate goal. Although many of those who attended the paradigm-specific conference on this were apparently hooked on highlighting the gender conflict and the quest for gender equality, and they were carrying the empowerment advocacy as one of women’s liberation or even of feminism, we can say that the mainstreaming of the gender harmony paradigm has started.

This is very significant, because without this overarching paradigm, efforts for gender sensitivity and gender equality would likely lead to its diametrical opposite— gender hostility, the overzealous and mutually-suspicious overguarding against inequalities, an antagonism that impairs productive and mutually-enriching complementarity, a relationship so far removed from any trace of love beyond the basic level of fairness.

More and more people are beginning to see the truth in these lines Joydee Robledo and I had put in the SanibLakas Foundation statement issued for International Women’s Day in 1998: “Can humanity be uplifted as the female of the species merely carry and birth children and then raise them?” xxx “The liberation of women from patriarchal ideas and practices is in the best interest of entire human communities. Both the womenfolk and the menfolk should synergize for this liberation, and synergize further on the basis of this liberation. No positive social change is possible without it. No social change can be complete without it.”

We have also started to help spread the poem, For Every Woman by Nancy Smith, which shows that the patriarchal culture harms and hurts both the women and the men.

79

Page 80: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

For every woman who is tired of acting weak when she knows she is strong,

There is a man who is tired of appearing strong when he feels vulnerable.

For every woman who is tired of acting dumb, there is a man who is burdened

with the constant expectation of “knowing everything.”For every woman who is tired of being called an

“emotional female,” There is a man who is denied the right to weep and be gentle.For every woman who feels “tied down” by her children, There is a man who is denied the full pleasure of shared parenthood.For every woman who is denied meaningful employment and equal pay, There is a man who must bear full responsibility for another human being.For every woman who wasn’t taught the intricacies of the automobile, There is a man who was not taught the satisfaction of cooking.For every woman who takes a step toward her own liberation, There is a man who finds that the way to freedom has been made a little easier.

Ken Wilber tackles this matter head-on. At the beginning chapter of A Brief History of Everything (Revised Edition, 2000, pp. 2-3), he says:

“…(W)hile it is true that, on the average, the male body is more muscular and physically stronger than the female, it does not follow that masculine must mean strong and assertive and

feminine must mean weak and demure. And we are in a transition period where masculine and feminine roles are being redefined and re-created, which has thrown both men and women into a type of rancorous sniping at each other in various types of gender wars.

“Part of the problem is that, whereas masculine and feminine roles can indeed be redefined and refashioned – a long-overdue and much-needed refurbishing – nonetheless male and female characteristics cannot be changed much, and in our attempt to level the differences between masculine and feminine, we are dangerously close to trying to erase the differences between the male and the female. And while the former is a fine idea, the latter is impossible. And the trick is to know the difference, I suppose.”

A bit further down below these explanations, Wilber adds:

“The tricky part now is, as I started to suggest, is how to do two very difficult things: one, to resonably decide just what are the major differences between the male and the female value spheres…, and then, two, to learn ways to value them more or less equally. Not to make them the same, but to value them equally.

“Nature did not split the human race into two sexes for no reason; simply trying to make them the same seems silly. But even the most conservative theorists would acknowledge that our culture has been predominantly weighted to the male value sphere for quite some time now. And so we are in a delicate, dicey, very difficult, and often rancorous process of trying to balance the scales a little bit more. Not erase the differences, but balance them.”

Still, men do have to concede, with nary an effort for justifying excuses, that they have long been abetting, condoning, even energetically performing the perpetration of injustice by

80

Page 81: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

one half the human population upon the other. The prizewinning essay, A Historical Analysis of The Philippine Revolution, by Manuel F. Martinez (2002, p. 84) carries this passage:

“Every person must pass the circle of the womb; otherwise he cannot break through the seal of existence. From the Universal Womb emanates all mankind. On the other hand, man is only man. This is not meant to be derogation but simply a description of a process: man is, in one sense, only an adjunct in the phenomenon of human creating. If he wishes to claim his glory, he must resort to finding it in other ways, and therein lies the problem. He tries to find it in wrong, unwise, cruel and self-defeating ways.”

2. Parental Teamwork: A Challenge

The quest for gender harmony starts with respectful acknowledgment of the discrepancy between the males and the females especially in terms of their respective roles in the bringing forth of offspring. In this process of begetting and conception, pregnancy and childbirth and even in the breastfeeding and suckling stage, the mother, the female parent, has a big edge over the father, or male parent, in terms of intimacy with the child.

Under the gender equality paradigm, the woman may just feel that this pre-natal discrepancy is all right, considering that it only serves to balance, at least partially, the many aspects of life in society where the men are favored. Such an attitude would be discouraged under the gender harmony paradigm, for under the latter paradigm the greater concern of both parents lies in developing a parental teamwork, as close a teamwork as possible, and therefore both parenting partners would be conscious of seeking to bridge the discrepancy. In a Father’s Day article I wrote in June 2000 about this effort, I say this:

“Between the two parents, the mother has the momentum and natural instinct for closer physical intimacy with the child, especially with months or possibly even years of breastfeeding as the next stage in the sequence. She had been with the baby for all those prenatal months, aware of the baby's growth and motions all that time; on the other hand, he could only relate to her ‘growing tummy’ and perhaps with memories of his earlier orgasms inside her body when they, about nine months before, enjoyed the highest physical expression of their intimate resonance in love- and life-partnership.

“The discrepancy is real. But it doesn't have to be absolute and permanent. The baby is now out of the womb. While the father can never breastfeed any baby, he can immediately start the physical bonding by giving his tender loving touches and gentle rubs often, as tender as his often crude physical ways can be tempered and trained by affection and determined self-control. A father can consciously take time to make faces and ‘beautiful eyes’ at his baby whenever he can, and get this baby to identify his face, his touch, and the sound of his voice fully with his love.

Of course, he can choose to read the newspaper or talk on the cellphone while his wife breastfeeds, and channel all his love for the baby through earning more and more money for the family, but that obviously won't help diminish the discrepancy in physical bonding. He would have then chosen to allow his own role to be boxed in as that of ‘financier’ and, probably, also as ‘disciplinarian’ — to be thanked and feared by his children while they feel much closer to Mom. No father deserves to do that to himself or be allowed by his wife to do that to himself.

“As soon as the baby is born and throughout the ensuing childhood, adolescence and even adulthood, the father can play about as many roles as the mother can in relating directly with his child (their child forever) physically, emotionally,

81

Page 82: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

intellectually, and spiritually. After all, between the two parents, it should neither be a contest nor a defeatist overreaction to the prenatal physical discrepancy, but a parental teamwork to anchor and lead a wholesome family synergy and security. Fatherhood can only be fully enjoyed or appreciated within this warm-home framework.”

3. The Feminine Principle

The quest for gender harmony is given boost by the reemergence and mainstreaming of the “Feminine Principle.” As editor of a newsletter for the “Earthlite community” in Cubao, Quezon City, I asked Dr. Serafin Talisayon, head of the Center for Conscious Living and a professor in both the University of the Philippines and the Asian Social Institute, to write an article on the feminine principle, which I had earlier heard him discuss with a group. Dr. Talisayon obliged, and here are some major excerpts from his article (“The Return of the Feminine Principle,” Earthlite Sparks and Reflections, March 2000 issue, p. 3):

“Underneath many seemingly-unrelated global trends and paradigm shifts, something seems to be happening today, a single subtle but powerful planetary movement: something which can best be described as a ‘paradigm suprashift’ from yang to yin, or a return of the feminine principle which had been predominant in much earlier civilizations. It is taking place across national boundaries, across diverse spheres of life from education to international relations, from economics to science, from entrepreneurship to religion. It is indeed a ‘paradigm suprashift’ because it is trans-societal in nature.

“To discern and recognize it, let us examine the essential nature of several global trends or paradigm shifts and discover their common denominator:

“In politics and culture: feminist movements.

“In development: the environmental movement, which moves development attitudes and orientations towards one-ness/harmony/interrelatedness rather than exploitation/domin-ance over ‘Mother Nature’; from working on to working with nature; from burning of fossil fuels and risky nuclear power to ‘soft energy paths’; from cancerous or parasitic growth modes that is eventually mutually suicidal to more sustainable lifestyles and development modes.

“In organizational dynamics in business, government and NGOs: a paradigm shift from vertical (pyramidal, hierarchical, authoritarian) to horizontal (network, cooperative, democratic) structures and processes.

“In international conflict: a paradigm shift from superpower, Cold War logic (zero-sum games or conflicts) to free market and trade logic (positive-sum games or win-win relationships).

“In education: a paradigm shift from IQ to EQ (emotional intelligence), from cognitive to wholistic learning (right brain, values education, experiential learning), from intellectual to affective.

“In entrepreneurship, economics and accounting of assets: paradigm shift in wealth creation from technology and markets (manipulation and dominance) to human and intellectual capital (education, training and HRD); from ‘smokestack industries’ to ‘knowledge-based industries’.

“In economics and development planning: from purely GNP (measure of “doing” or “having”) to inclusion of social indicators, sustainable development criteria and HDI or Human Development Index (measures of “being”).

“Rise of feminine aspects of deity and worship: Wicca and other feminist/naturalist cults; women in priesthood; Roman Catholic debate: Mary as co-redeemer or co-redemptrix;

82

Page 83: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

rediscovery of eco-spirituality and creation spirituality among Christians (‘God is everything, everything is in God’); appearance of ‘God the Mother’ themes in religious discourse; surge of interest in North America and Europe of East Asian spiritual and healing practices like Buddhism, Vaipassana meditation, tai chi and Reiki which are less paternalistic or authoritarian than the Abrahamic or West Asian religions (Judaism, Christianity and Islam).

“In science: shift in interest from the outer, empirical world towards the inner, experiential world as seen in the growth and emergence of transpersonal psychology, paranormal research, phenomenological approaches in social sciences, and research in new areas such as NDE (near-death experience), lucid dreaming and remote viewing.

“Grasped as a totality, the above diverse paradigm shifts seem to point to a ‘suprashift’: from ‘hard’, materialist, masculine and yang perspectives to ‘softer’, more inward, feminine and yin perspectives. These paradigm shifts are not occurring as complete shifts but appear as gradual movements towards a discernible direction, serving to — at minimum — leaven and moderate the masculine character of Western-dominated planetary civilizations or — at maximum — perhaps eventually dramatically altering the mix or character altogether.

“Who knows? Here we are grappling with rather subtle themes or undercurrents in planetary mass consciousness, seen across various spheres of life (trans-societal) and “feminine” or “yin” is the closest descriptor to this most intriguing undercurrent or ‘suprashift’.”

When Dr. Talisayon’s article came out in that newsletter, it was accompanied by an editorial I wrote, which says in part:

“Science has long freed humans from many myths and fallacies but has largely left undisturbed the superstitions that

perpetuate the gross imbalance between the genders when it comes to opportunities for leadership, creativity, compensated productivity, comfort and security and appropriate overall care. It is a sad reality to note that even among men who are advocates of justice in general terms or in occupational-sector contexts, the issues raised by women are viewed to be in the interest only of women.

“By way of responding to this, we can only seek to emphasize what SanibLakas Foundation said two years ago, in a short statement we now carry in this issue: ‘The liberation of women from patriarchal ideas and practices is in the best interest of entire human communities. Both the womenfolk and the menfolk should synergize for this liberation, and synergize further on the basis of this liberation. No positive social change is possible without it. No social change can be complete without it.’ (underscoring ours).

“Such acknowledgment of joint interests of the male and of the female of the human species, along with enough awareness to see dynamic synergies, unities and commonalities among diverse entities instead of seeing only conflict and antagonism among them, reaches a realm beyond the mere recognition and redress of the gender imbalance. This reflects an advance in consciousness by shifting to the ‘Right Brain,’ which is more closely identified with women and girls. The Right Brain, which controls the left side of our body, is our feminine component, though it’s truly neither male nor female. (This has no connection at all to physical attributes or behavior, like some men being limp-wristed or some men being homosexual. Confusion crops up on this matter because of semantics or language sense, where the word ‘feminine’ has been simplistically equated to ‘female.’ or ‘female-like.’).

“The ‘Right Brain,’ or the ‘feminine aspect,’ is the seat of our psychic, intuitive, aesthetic, nurturing and emotional

83

Page 84: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

aspect . Even without explanation or even articulation, it knows that oneness is all there is . Both the menfolk and the womenfolk need this aspect to be completely human. However, because women are perceived to be stronger in this, society built up a defense mechanism for men where they have been molded to deny, to shun and to dominate this aspect and to focus on developing the aspect where they, on the average, have had the slight advantage — physical strength, cold logic, and the propensity for dichotomies and competition. Ever prepared for strife, even if almost always unnecessarily, the Left Brain looks at Reality and only sees division, separateness, conflict and the quest for domination.”

Both genders have the Right Brain and the Left Brain, but the female of the species, on the average, have a slight Right-Brain advantage even as the male of the species, on the average, have a slight Left-brain advantage. The difference between them is slight, but when men started to dominate human cultures the world over, the men’s Left-brain tendency focused more on discrepancy than on commonality, the difference was exaggerated. The men denied their feminine side and forced the women to deny their masculine side. Then they labeled the feminine qualities as weaknesses of character and intellect. And most of the women were so convinced that as mothers, they molded their sons and daughters so differently from each other.

Some women began to quietly appreciate their feminine selves and began to assert this as equal in value to the masculine characteristics of men. This development led to the mainstreaming in worldwide discourse of the Feminine Principle as carried by such men as Talisayon, whom we read in paragraphs above, and Wilber who writes in Brief History of Everything (p. 58): “The worldview is the mind, the base is the body, of Spirit. These Bodyminds evolve, and bring forth new worlds in the process, as Spirit unfolds its own potential, a

radiant flower in Kosmic spring, not so much Big Bang as Big Bloom.”

Total human development and actualization needs the Left Brain and the Right Brain. And these aspects of human capability to understand (Left Brain) and appreciate (Right Brain) reality needs the two aspects in productive and mutually-enlightening dialogue, not in an acrimonious and mutually-destructive struggle. Einstein’s “Big Bang” image is a very valuable label for understanding the history of the universe, including its dynamics in terms of physics. But equally valuable, I think, is the Wilber’s “Big Bloom” metaphor to appreciate the beautiful unfolding process.

Meantime, towards the end of the Modern era ushered in and led by the Industrial Revolution of more than a century ago, groups of women sought to liberate women from patterns of the Patriarchy. But, perhaps, because it was a necessary stage in the unfoldment process, they did so under the dominant Left-Brain masculine paradigm, and adopted militant and belligerent ways to say their piece. This produced the necessary shock effect and forced the men to pay heed and for more and more women to join up in women’s liberation struggles.

The momentum was gained but it was still squarely within the masculine paradigm of struggle and dualism. The women’s movement was not yet conscious to embrace the behavioral patterns that hew much closer to the Feminine Principle, because they had long equated the word “feminine” to weakness, and instead championed “feminism” which advo-cated, to varying degrees of disclosure, women’s domination of the world’s societies, the reversal of the patriarchal game. This has led to counterproductive excesses, which we discuss in the next section.

84

Page 85: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

But before we end this one about the Feminine Principle, allow me to share another passage from Martinez (2002, p. 88) by way of appropriately applying this Principle to the flow of history as that of profound human development:

“ ‘Retrieving women from historical oblivion.’ Writes (Digna Balanque) Apilado, means a reconsideration of the process of historical research and writing. First is to see the history of the (Philippine) Revolution as social history that the role of women can better and truly be appreciated, for politics – and war, the grossest, most brutal, most debasing form of human existence – has from the beginning been the turf of men. Parenthetically, it is not impertinent to warn that in the future, politics will become too noble a business to be left to men.”

Mr. Martinez may be referring here to those men who are unenlightened, and therefore unreformed, men, who are obviously not yet ready to enlist in joint efforts for gender harmony. Within this half-century or fewer decades, with the comprehensive mainstreaming of the Feminine Principle, the number of such men, and the number of women who shall hate them aloud, shall both dwindle to mutually-counterreacting minorities.

4. Counterproductive Excesses

The trouble with many women’s liberation advocates is that their justified anger over centuries of patriarchal oppression has pushed them to seek a simple reversal of roles in the inequality and antagonistic duality between the sexes, shunning the “Feminine Principle,” asserting the prerogative to adopt the ways of the Left Brain, and in effect descending to the level of consciousness and behavior more identified with the men. The tendency to seek retribution within the Mosaic paradigm of “an eye for an eye,” while understandable, hinders the development of gender harmony and therefore hinders human development

and harmony as a whole. Is it all right to hinder such develop-ment, just as long as the male of the species is the one mostly to get the blame?

Of this propensity for male-bashing, Wilber (1996, 2000) warns the advocates of women’s liberation and domination that such blame-hurling insults the women themselves along with the men:

“(I)f we take the standard response – that the patriarchy was imposed on women by a bunch of sadistic and power-hungry men – then we are locked into two inescapable definitions of men and women. Namely, men are pigs and women are sheep. That men would intentionally want to oppress half of the human race paints a dismal picture of men altogether. Testosterone or not, men are simply not that malicious in the totality of their being.

“But actually, what is so altogether unbelievable about this explanation of the patriarchy is that it paints an incredibly flattering picture of men. It says that men managed to col-lectively get together and agree to oppress half of the human race, and more amazingly, they succeeded totally in every known culture. Mind you, men have never been able to create a domineering government that lasted more than a few hundred years, but according to the feminists, men have managed this other and massive domination for five thousand – some say one hundred thousand – years. …

“But the real problem with the ‘imposition theory – men oppressed women from day one – is that it paints a horrifyingly dismal picture of women. You simply cannot be as strong and as intelligent and oppressed. This picture necessarily paints women basically as sheep, as weaker and/or stupider than men. Instead of seeing that, at every stage of human evolution, men and women co-created the social forms of their interaction, this

85

Page 86: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

picture defines women as molded by an Other. These feminists, in other words, are assuming and enforcing precisely the picture of women that they say they want to erase. But men are simply not that piggy, and women are not that sheepy.

“So one of the things I have tried to do, based on more recent feminist scholarship, is to trace out the hidden power that women have had and that influenced, co-created, the various cultural structures throughout our history, including the so-called patriarchy. Among other things, this releases men from being defined as schmucks, and releases women from being defined as duped, brainwashed and herded.”

Another example we can use when referring to excesses of some feminists is the term “herstory” seriously being advo-cated by some women’s groups to replace the word “history.” To be sure, the writing of history in most countries up to the present has been biased for the men’s point of view. “Herstory” as history written from the long-missing viewpoint of the women should really be fully integrated in historiography for the latter to be a valid discipline, and the introduction of the term “herstory” is a creative and very valid tongue-in-cheek reminder of that imperative. Herstory should indeed be fully developed and integrated in order to put more sense, to complete and there-fore to make essentially true, all accounts and summaries of history. There should be enough women to become historians themselves. And to quote feminist scholar Albina Pecson Fernandez (“Why Women Are Invisible in Philippine History,” Women’s Role in Philippine History: Selected Essays, Uni-versity Center for Women Studies, UP Quezon City, 1966, p. 4, as cited by Martinez (2002), “history should also be herstory.” (underscoring mine)

Martinez (2002, p. 89) partly observes the absence of women stories in written histories of entire nations like ours:

“It is said that women have no collective memory of themselves. Is there no iniquity when more than half of mankind is without history? The plaint, however, is understated, for this number does not include the teeming underclasses who have no memory of themselves, either – men and women peasants, workers, etc. – because they have been swamped by the summary orthodox history of the very few, great names, great events, great dates.”

Still, as an imperative for clarity, it must be stressed that while contents of historical studies are lopsided in favor of male actors, the word “history” itself has no gender sense. Contrary to the view of serious advocates of the term “herstory” to replace “history,” the latter does not include the masculine possessive pronoun “his” in its etymology; the word comes from the Latin “historia” in which language the possessing pronoun “his” does not even exist. To allege that is like male chauvinists boycotting Hershey’s chocolate products for unjustifiably carrying a “dou-bly-gender-biased” brand!

If such a word substitution is done with “herstory” supplanting “history,” beyond aesthetics for the cause of poetic justice, that is, if “herstory” were to dominate historiography, sex-based partisanship shall have been intentionally and openly institutionalized in this very important field of human consciousness. It would simply be a reversal of roles within the unjust framework, a victory in battle for the long-term underdog in the gender war.

In contrast, the gender harmony paradigm is choicefully grounded on the ideal of love, which goes beyond the basic minimum ideal of fairness. It can therefore push further the evolution of the human species through an unprecedented synergy between the sexes and between the genders. The good news is that more and more women and men in the world are focusing their minds on love and harmony, away from

86

Page 87: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

meticulous overcalibrating for equality and preoccupation with full restitution and even role reversal.

In essence, thefore, the Feminine Principle is gaining ground as both genders, feminine and masculine, are growing in maturity to reject wars between the sexes, and wars of any kind.

5. The Vision

Let us all share the vision of a worldwide human family that is gender-healthy, from the level of our socio-political policies to the level of our homes. And let us work hard in the coming years, and well beyond, to make our dreams come true. Let our countries be symbolized by the pairs of faces of women and men, both happily and mutually empowered, both lovingly and mutually exalted. Let us all work to fully realize gender harmony, the synergy of the two halves of humanity.

Chapter 8:Deep Ecology and Harmony with NatureHUMAN BEINGS are in grander synergies as they build all sorts, scopes and sizes of human groups and communities. We

are all in still much grander synergies as members of the ecosystem where we live, as part of our collective planetary home, of continents, of landmasses and islands, etc. etc. in a closely-knit crucially interdependent family of plants and animals and rocks and earth and air and water and all dynamic combinations of these.

1. Dependence and Destruction

The humans depend on all these for its emergence and survival on this planet. It is however a disappointment that the species styling itself with the word “sapiens” or even the double-qualification “Sapiens-sapiens” is apparently not yet substan-tially, much less fully, contributing its unique “sapiens” capabi-lities for exalting or even just preserving the common planetary home.

The ongoing ecological destruction has been aptly des-cribed as a mindless but egocentric (anthropocentric or homo-centric, which is an extension of being egocentric) aggrandize-ment and over-acquisition, which is tantamount to a slow-motion suicide.

The underlying ignorance here is the misreading of the supposed “human stewardship over nature” as to own and the latter’s “corollary right” to control and abuse. And, against all logic, to destroy. This has been observed in the last quarter-century and is being addressed by a growing number of persons, organizations and movements who have seen the light of inter-connectivity and foresight to work out the concept of “sus-tainable development” and, beyond this utilitarian paradigm, gradually developed and promoted the paradigm of deep ecology and harmony with nature, of loving life in all its incarnations.

During all this time that the overly-intellectualized hu-man had forgotten love and respect for Nature, the indigenous peoples, specifically the dwindling survivors of destructive total

87

Page 88: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

aggression from their fellow-humans, have been keeping to org-anic philosophies and lifestyles reflecting such inner wisdom in honestly and humbly acknowledging the human as just a part of the greater holon that is Nature. Sad to say, majority in so-called ‘sapiens’ communities allow or even abet the death of the indi-genous communities and their respective cultures that are the last repositories of such inner wisdom. Their obliteration by the for-ces of greed glamorizing modernity, is a most unfortunate dev-elopment that should make us pity not the indigenous peoples alone who are dying, but more so the entire human species whose very survival, on the longer term, depends on the re-emergence and mainstreaming of the indigenous knowledge systems.

While saying “You are a child of the Universe; no less than the trees and the stars you have a right to be here,” Deside-rata is also in effect saying the trees and the stars have that right in the first place.

Aside from respect for respective rights as humans, trees and stars, we have reason to appreciate the reality that we all are actually in this together. Especially the humans, along with all our animal cousins, and the trees, along with all their plant cou-sins. Full comprehension of the crucial tieup between our pulse and our breathing ought to include, as well, a full comprehension of the carbon-hydrogen-oxygen cycles in the teaming up of respective respiratory, circulatory and digestive systems of plants and animals that make these two large groupings of org-anisms literally life partners.

How can we not acknowledge the plants as our life-partners? All the food that we get to eat (the fruits and veggies as well as all the second-hand vegetables called “meat”) comes from those plants, specifically the leaves where all that solar-powered food production for the world takes place. And practically all the oxygen comes from the underside stomata of

these leaves. And yet we allow the massacre of trees in logging and clear-cutting for various purposes. And we even trim leaves, and even the branches from which they grow, just to shape bushes along the cubism style of human aesthetics!

The book Biped on the Blue Ball: The Supposed-Sapiens Who Laughed at the Dodo, which I wrote in 1990 and reedited and republished in 2000, calls humans “Bipeds,” calls Earth the “Blue Ball,” and describes the human folly:

“The profit-greedy Bipeds can never be expected to stop the mad destruction of the Earth or even just to stop and think about it in earnest.

“And the rest of the Bipeds? Well, they're trying to survive from day to day, so busy they cannot afford to stop and think about their survival with the Blue Ball. Quite understand-ably they ignore the ominous Wails of the Banshee, and the clarion calls raised for all to help rescue the environment.

“Many of these Bipeds have harbored a predisposition to defeatism. And who can blame them? Do not the powerful pro-fit so much from the continuing, if not accelerating destruction of the Browned-Blue Ball? And are they not powerful enough to meet and crush any Quixotic endeavor to save the Blue Ball at the expense of their profiteering? Rhetorical questions these have become, indeed!

“The majority of the Bipeds have barely coped with the crisis, magnifying, and being paralyzed by, a sense of power-lessness. This sense of defeatism has flowed into apathy, even fatalistic resignation.

“This sense of fatalism has somehow combined with their propensity for small-group mentality, for parochialism. They are now trying to ignore the fact that we are all together in this perilous predicament, the fact that the scourges to be unleashed by environmental destruction will not, and indeed

88

Page 89: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

does not, see differences in race and color, citizenship and nationality, creed and ideology, sex and age, and income bracket.

“They are indulging instead in the faint and utterly unrealistic hope that the planet's destruction would not affect specifically their own country, their own state or locality, their own grouping or clan or family, their own bodies. Surely the Thinking Biped, the Two-Legged Genius of the Blue Ball Earth, could be capable of more rationality than this!

2. Rays of Hope

“Meanwhile, the honorable bunch of environment-defending Bipeds have been a growing but still very tiny minority. Shouting their throats hoarse, their have been a lonely voice in the wilderness of passivity and inaction. And destruction.

“Their small Greenpeace rafts and boats have succeeded in blocking the paths of poison-carrying or whaling ships of the powerful.

“Their declarations of concern and letters of protest have started to spread especially during "Earth Day" and "World Environment Day" commemorations. In some instances, these have drawn support from some powerful Bipeds, including those who are themselves guilty of environmental destruction. In some other instances, these get echoed in the august halls of legislation. But again, a chasm almost always yawns wide between enactment and enforcement of whatever environment laws result from their efforts. The fate of environmentalist laws and agreements have had to hang in the balance of struggles between the powerful and the majority in each country, and between the powerful countries and the rest of the world.

“These environmentalist groups have needed more and more volunteer human-hours just to be able to keep track of environmental battlefronts. Apparently, most of the other Bipeds have been too busy even just to listen in earnest. Much less do they have the time to assume the pose suggested by Rodin and decide to join in concrete action.

“And so, the Biped continues with his lucrative enter-prises and hectic labors, slowly but surely destroying the Blue Ball, barely noticing, or, worse, noticing without recognizing, the present-day creeping effects of such destruction — a warmer, "Greenhoused" global atmosphere that slowly melts some polar caps and raises inch by inch the sea level, much longer and hotter summers, droughts that cause duels over irrigation ducts and daily cursings before dry and silent faucets, and electric power shortages. Not to mention the fast-paced extinction of countless plants and animals, the erratic schedules of the seasons, the storms and floods that would remind us of Noah's Ark, plus all sorts of new illnesses.

“The Biped continues to look at the tree as a profitable commodity. And, finding glamour in feigning concern, the officialdom agrees to impose selective logging bans, where tree-cutting would henceforth be allowed only in areas where there are some trees still left, and logging would be totally banned in areas where there are no more trees. The Dodo may be laughing aloud somewhere out there about this!

“And so, the Blue Ball turns brownish as tropical areas are shaved by electric saws to become patched-up deserts, as coastal cities are gradually reclaimed by the sea, and erosion slides down to cover ocean floors with what used to be mount-ains most majestic.

“We are not called upon to worry about the Balance of Nature. There is absolutely no necessity for worrying about this,

89

Page 90: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

for balanced she will always be. It's just that the balance of Nature at some near-future date might no longer include the Thinking Biped at all or as we know him now.

“Changes in the environment may just spare the species, but in a somewhat altered form. The Biped, for example, may very well fulfill the ‘Riddle of the Sphinx’ in a bizarre way well beyond the wisdom of Oedipus Rex — the smoothskinned Biped, well into the dusk of his existence and evolution, may just possibly mutate into, and survive as, a thick scaled Triped.

“Of course, even in such a shape, his innate Narcissism can definitely maintain sel-esteem.41Well…!

“Nature has always been, and will always be balanced in each of the other planets in the Solar System, where the Biped of any of his distant cousins can never hope to exist. Nature will always be balanced on Blue Ball Earth, with or without me and you or any of our cousins.

“The super-resilient cockroach may yet have the last laugh on the Biped who shall have completely poisoned himself with the insecticides he had invented, which destroyed his life-support systems, all for monetary gain.

“After the Thinking Biped shall have perished, who shall put to use all the money he shall have adoringly accumulated? The pesky pest, of course! Legal tender bills and financial certi-ficates may all taste delicious to the ever-gnawing cockroach, until he himself has to perish.

“Behold! The Blue Ball spins and travels around Fireball Sol, against the vast expanse of black emptiness. The fate of the Thinking Biped, and all of those close and distant cousins he has likewise so mindlessly imperiled, still hangs in the balance, as a

growing global movement strains to overcome formidable difficulties and rescue the Earth for all of them.

“Will the Thinking Biped and all his cousins on the Browned-Blue Ball be able to ‘ live happily ever after’ for many more years?

“Baby Bipeds now "cooing and gooing" in their cribs may indeed live and grow up, but perhaps not exactly very happily.

“For the mind now staggers at how much worse our environmental problems could have gone by the time they grow up and try to live on, and make a living from, this very same Blue Ball Earth.

“These cute and helpless infants are now silently but forcefully demanding from their parents a more confident assurance on their future even as we chase after the clock all day everyday for short-term survival.

“It won't be long before they learn of the word ‘Why?’ and start using it in endless strings on us, their Biped parents.

“ ‘Why don't we see around anymore any of the trees shown here in these beautiful pictures? Why did they all die? Why did those people kill the poor trees? Why were they allowed to do it? Why…?’

" ‘Why do we always have 'seas' in the streets? Why does all that water rush down from the mountains? Why…?’

" ‘Why can't we drink water from the faucet? Why do we all have to keep wearing these breathing masks all the time? Why…?

" ‘Why? Why? Why?’ the Biped babies of today will be asking us quite soon.

4

90

Page 91: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

“And, no thanks to us, chances are they won’t be able to "live happily ever after."

“A nightmare… this is nothing short of a nightmare just waiting to unfold before our eyes that are widely awake because we have not been able to escape the haunting ghost of Malthus…”

Upon the suggestion of a beloved friend, Prof. Anna Ma. S. Torres of Miriam College, I decided to add for the second edition of Biped on the Blue Ball a positive option to balance off the grim picture:

“Of course it doesn't really have to happen just this way. No, not at all…! The nightmare can be turned into a dream of paradise regained. That is, if enough Thinking Bipeds the world over validated the word sapiens on the name of the species…

“For starters, nations of the world must come together as one to stand before the rest of the bio-diverse citizens and elements of our living planet Gaia, and take full responsibility for past and present environmental destruction. The critical mass is building up for this, especially with such efforts as the Earth Charter process and a successful series of worldwide Earth Day and World Environment Day commemorations (around the world).

“Yes, the Thinking Biped should be saying sorry not only to his yet unborn babies, but to all his close and distant cousins and their babies. He should fully grasp in theory, po-licy and actual behavior the drive for Sustainable Development — which means ‘meeting the needs of today without com-promising the ability of future generations to meet theirs.’ — and rise even beyond such framework. As a fully thinking, and actually spiritual being, the Biped is fully capable of Deep Ecology. It is only the matter of having too many blinders now

that prevents him from pursuing even just the framework of Sustainable Development.

“Deep Ecology goes beyond Sustainable Development. It is about respecting and preserving all life forms, loving all incarnations of all life forms, wherever they are and whatever they look like, not only because we need them but more so because we are awed and overjoyed to be part of this great Symphony of Life itself.

“A person steeped in the philosophy of Deep Ecology would be concerned with the sufferings of the sea birds now awash in oil slicks from spills, or with the elephants being slaughtered for tusks they would leave behind, anyway, when they die, or with whales being beached in big numbers, as much as they would be appreciative of the plants and animals right around them, as much as they'd smile at butterflies and at future butterflies, and lovingly fondle each baby leaf within reach of their fingertips.

“Not many people have reached this level of conscious-ness, although the number is growing. The Biped is gradually discovering an internal synergy of mind and heart

“On this basis, enough Thinking Bipeds can lovingly commit a conscious synergy of efforts to rescue and heal, conserve and exalt, our Mother Earth. Now, that would be a giant leap for Humankind right back to the bosom of our home planet, undoubtedly a euphoric historic event that would herald a new way of life for all Earthians. It will be no less than a paradise regained where all on Blue Ball Earth can benefit from holistic progress in philosophy and science.”

3. Synergize the Local Movements!

“Think Global, Act Local!” This slogan was widely-welcomed when it gained currency among environmental move-ments in various countries in the last two decades. But the

91

Page 92: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

“think global” part can stand clarification. The “thinking global” must be done by local communities and by synergies of local communities. If nation-states and inter-governmental me-chanisms genuinely represent the views and policy positions of such synergies of communities, then national-level policies and programs, and the resolutions of inter-governmental mecha-nisms such as world summits can legitimately answer for the “think global” part. The problem is that they rarely ever do.

Even non-government organizations usually seek to get their act together on the “national” level, with all their feet firmly planted on the clouds, and send out or, worse, “send down” their analyses, resolutions, guidelines and directives for the local communities to comment on, validate, and obey. Especially those NGOs that design their prioritizations and programs according to the likelihood of getting funds from international and national funding entities, and implement approved programs according to the timetables set by such funders, the local communities are rarely taken into full account, if at all, as the ultimate source of mandates and originators of initiatives that the national government and the “national-level” clusters of NGOs should heed and act upon.

The top-down approach to environmental advocacy and activism runs parallel to the top-down approach of Globalized Greed being rammed through by international business elite circles that acknowledge accountability only to their stock-holders and ignore or even crush whatever accountability nation-state governments acknowledge having to their res-pective citizenries. These two top-down approaches were hor-ribly demonstrated in the World Trade Organization’s obvious-ly-strong suasion over the proceedings of the recent World Summit on Sustainable Development, which, by and large, backtracked on the pro-environmentalist resolutions of the Rio Summit a whole decade before.

What can happen now is that both the government and the non-government entities in the various countries would be pressured to take their respective signals from the same WSSD documents, with the governments tending to invoke these in washing their hands over continuing destruction, and the non-government entities would seek to maximize on whatever victories were gained. Directives from the two sets of entities would soon be expected to rain on the heads of the same set of local communities and the latter will be placed in a reactive position and be flooded with an avalanche of guidelines and educational materials “from above.”

The communities, therefore, should acquire the full ca-pability for proactive thinking and acting local and synergizing with all other communities to globalize both the thinking and the acting. National-level NGOs and clusters of these would do well to facilitate this synergy in information-sharing, resources-sharing, capability-building in decision-making, and other forms of support for the community-based movements.

I have had the occasion to write an editorial for the journal (of May 2002, p. 3) of a monthly environmental forum called “Kamayan para sa Kalikasan,” and the article says this in part:

“ ‘Think global, act local!’ is a good 1990s call for re-membering and pondering today. Think and talk global is what the heads of state will surely do a lot of during the (WSSD in August that year). They have many questions to address: what has been accomplished in the full decade after the United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UN-CED, also known as “Rio Summit”)? After the UNCED hammered out Agenda 21, has this been translated into coun-try-specific programs and policies? What has been the impact of this on the environment, if any?

92

Page 93: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

“In our case, a joint government-NGO council immediately came out with Philippine Agenda 21, had this blessed with the power of policy from the national government, and made to undergo a process of particularization in the regional and provincial contexts, before it apparently lost what-ever momentum it had at the start. What about impact on the environment here? Did it have any?

“Of course, it must have had some impact. But as we would always like to remind reporters on the “environment beat,” the Philippine environment is not in the office of the Secretary of Environment and Natural Resources or in any building of his entire department, and neither is it in the na-tional and regional offices of all environmentalist non-government organizations (NGOs) combined. Much less is it in filing cabinets where copies of PA21 and minutes of discussion meetings on it are being kept. The environment is in the very lives of the people in neighborhoods and villages and in clusters of these. Apparently, all talk of PA21 stopped short of reaching these “low” levels of living reality.

“Still, there was concrete action in the communities where the local people themselves decided to protect their lives against environmentally-destructive ‘development’ projects, and then managed to draw in support from city-based advocacy groups. There are actually organic environmentalists in the communities, and many of them can be interlinked in coordinative bodies that they can fully claim to be their own.”

There are, indeed, many organic environmentalists, org-anic leaders, organic intellectuals in the local communities, and these are much closer to the natural environment than desk-bound city-based government and non-government functiona-ries can ever hope or pretend to be.

These people, being “organic,” are in the best position to take direct lessons and inspiration from living ecosystems all around them, the synergy of symbiosis, where the trees have the broad point of view while their roots are deeply and firmly planted on the ground, and no one has to take the word of the pigeons, hawks or vultures as the complete Gospel truth on anything.

The challenge to all environmental advocates and activists is to break free from the human-needs-centered utilitarian sustainable development paradigm for environment-alism and the politics-based hierarchies or funds-driven prog-rams in thinking and acting.

Instead, adopt and live from day to day the supreme love for, and the faithful emulation of, the magical dynamics of Life itself. We cannot fully serve the natural environment, the great Nature Holon that humans belong to, while ignoring the full glory of its Innate Wisdom.

Chapter 9:Stable Tripod for Sustainable Development: C-N-E Resources in Associative EconomicsWHILE the human-centered sustainable development frame-work can never suffice to fulfill the highest human quality and aspiration in dealing with Nature, it is an obvious minimum when it comes to economic management. It should be a real concern for all players in an economic ecosystem of whatever

93

Page 94: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

scale that the economy in that scale is managed prudently and effectively for sustainable development. There is a need for an overhaul of economic theories that have taken care of the peo-ple’s needs only in theory, using macro-figures and hi-fallutin’ terms designed to be well beyond the victims’ ken.

1. A Bold Indictment from a Non-Economist

Considering the dismal conditions of the majority of the people in the world, where 80 percent of the world’s resources for consumption go to only 20 percent of the world’s population and 20 percent of the resources have to be shared by 80 percent of the population, I dare accuse here and now the mainstream economic theorists and policy-makers behind these realities of being an irresponsible and incompetent lot. Some are more irresponsible than incompetent and others are more incompetent than irresponsible. This will likely be viewed as a rather heavy charge for a non-economist to make. So, I clarify what I mean exactly: I dare accuse here and now the mainstream economic theorists and policy-makers behind these realities of being an irresponsible and incompetent lot. If you think that my clarification is a mere repetition of my original charge, you must have failed to notice that the entire repetition is italicized. Need I clarify some more? I dare accuse…

About my being a non-economist, I admit it so proudly and thankfully, because if I were one, I would have become more vulnerable to the temptation to apply economic theories that take care of the people’s needs only in theory, and drop a lot of incomprehensible terms, so that everybody will be assured that I know of those theories and those hi-fallutin’ terms. If I were an economist I would be tempted to use various macro-figures to tell the hungry and the destitute that contrary to what they actually experience there is enough statistical evidence to prove that they are not at all hungry and not at all destitute. If I were an economist, I would be tempted to behave like all those

adults heaping lavish praise on the invisible robe of the naked emperor, instead of being more like the innocently-honest child in that story. Fortunately for the interest of truth, the child had not yet reached the “age of reason” and could therefore speak out with much sense before being promptly silenced.

I am confident of the validity of my accusation. Acknowledged experts in various areas of human concern, including those who deal with major factors that are well beyond human control, exude more determination and optimism that obstacles can be hurdled to improve the state of affairs in their respective fields of real expertise. In contrast, mainstream economists have upheld fatalism, akin to saying “economic imbalance in the world has been fated upon man by all the gods of Olympus and we can’t do anything about it but analyze and cope, and pray for economic miracles” Either all the more intel-ligent humans have flocked to all the other fields except econo-mics or the reason why these economists are the mainstream economists is because they please and keep in power the powerful economic elite of the world with their pronouncements that confuse and paralyze the people.

(Of course there are economists who are of more earnest and more competent minds, but they are obviously kept marginalized by the powerful elite, lest they redress the gross imbalances and disturb the elite’s lucrative business systems. In the Philippines, the esteemed Dr. Sixto K. Roxas, Alejandro Lichauco and Emmanuel Q. Yap are just some of these economists of the people.)

When one claims, categorically or indirectly, to be an economist for a national or local community, one claims to be competently serving such community. If actual performance shows that these people are actually advisers or apologists or both, for a narrow exploiting elite, there is a lie being perpetrated. It’s time for the people, the stakeholders, to express

94

Page 95: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

the truth of their economic conditions, study basic economic principles without the hi-fallutin’ trimmings, and claim ultimate command over policy-making that affects their lives. In such efforts the people can be helped to a very large extent by the economists who are really on their side.

2. Separativeness is Ignorance

Ultimately it all boils down to ignorance, because those who abet the grossly unfair and unsound economic policies, whether by active hi-fallutin’ encouragement or by defeatist sufferance, are not enlightened enough by truth and wisdom that in harming their publics they harm and even devalue themselves. For we are all one. Moreover, all human potentials for better behavior and performance mandate their full actualization and utilization for the benefit of the whole of humanity. So we just have to ask “Father, forgive them for they know not what they do, but please don’t expect us to respect them even just a bit for their dismal performance.”

It is also the problem of ignorance behind the behavior of many external investors in forcing or stealing their way into national or local community economics. The problem with these very powerful players is that many of them do not act earnestly as stakeholders in these economies. After extracting all the resources they can while playing their active roles, they abandon these same economies after their intervention in them start showing signs of destructive effects. After exacting cooperation from local stakeholders on the basis of glorious promises of progress, they eventually leave these stakeholders deep in debt and with no natural resources left to live on.

The handling of the debt is such that the debtor nations or communities are forced to agree to implement counterproductive “recovery” programs that leave them in increasingly worse

conditions, in what former International Monetary Fund director Robert MacNamara has called the “Debt Trap.”

All these schemes may, at best, pay lip service to the concept of sustainable development, while in truth ensuring that there is only sustainable stagnation if not sustained impoverishment. As a result, entire communities are being forced to “sacrifice for development” that serve only the business interests of these powerful elites. Moreover, they cause the opposite of development to be called “sustainable development” and for oppositors to such schemes as anti-development.

Real sustainable development in a community requires the effective management of the balanced interplay among three types of that community’s real resources. Why do I qualify these resources as real? Because many mainstream economies, molded in the old-school belief that economics is an exact science that takes consideration only of precisely measurable quantities, and would largely ignore natural resources in the real sense, and would totally disregard cultural factors. It is this pattern of thinking that accounts to a large extent for all the real destruction brought by “development aggression” to bear upon people’s communities the world over.

To ignore the holistic interrelationships among all these real resources is ignorance. Humans, especially mainstream economists, still have a long way to go in learning well that all things are interrelating parts of a whole and in learning well about honest humility in the pursuit of the truth that will set us free. (It may be argued that these “motherhood statements” are useless in effective economic decision making, as it can also be argued that all the glowing statistical figures and hi-fallutin’ terms being bandied about have not redressed – and have in fact served – the immoral perpetration of gross economic imbalance throughout the world.)

95

Page 96: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

3. Three Types of Real Resources

To be real, development has to benefit the lives of the people at all scopes of the human communities. One cannot speak of real national development if the component communities of the national communities are not benefited by it. The glowing or “not-that-bad” figures cannot paint as rosy the picture of the national economy unless the people at levels of the community holarchy (neighborhood, village, municipality, district, and provincial) are unable see and feel a rosy local translation of the rosy national picture. The glaring disparities between the charts and figures presented as the “national economy” and the actual lives of the people are sure indicators of simulations of progress based on artificial paper transactions undertaken to uplift confidence and save face.

To be real, Sustainable Development requires prudent management with proper foresight to provide adequately for the needs of present generation without compromising the needs of future ones

Sustainable Development has to take a full accounting of a community’s real resources, and conserve them for posterity, while using their full regenerative potentials. This depends on effectively managing the balance of three types of resources, so they all contribute to development and they are effectively conserved according to the real pace of their regeneration.

The three types of community resources that have to be maintained as a stable tripod are: (1) Economic Resources – all properties and possessions that come from the exchange system for goods and services; (2) Natural Resources – all resources freely available to the community and to any member of the community directly from Nature; and (3) Cultural Resources – all assets and possessions making up the community’s social

capital, like common heritage, shared sense of weal and woe into the future, mutual trust, traditions like “bayanihan,” and the like.

For his doctoral dissertation, Dr. Ernesto R. Gonzales, who heads the Social Research Center of the University of Sto. Tomas, closely studied the dynamic interrelationship of these three types of resources as they played out in the socio-economic history of the town of Pateros, the smallest municipality in the Metro Manila region and perhaps in the entire Philippines. Before a certain historic inflection point in the early 1970s, Pateros enjoyed a balanced interplay of the natural, cultural and economic resources or capital of the townspeople. For centuries before that point in time, the people of Pateros lived in relative abundance and harmony, and with a bright outlook for the future.

The inflection point identified in the study conducted by Gonzales (2002) was the fast-pace and massive influx of industrialization into the once idyllic but reasonably progressive town, which influx has since focused very narrowly only on the economic resources and allowed the other two types – natural and cultural resources – to be drastically destroyed.

Therefore, from being a comfortably dense population in what was then a much larger territory, with a productive economy, a river system teeming with life, and a throbbing sense of community and ethical values, Pateros has become a shrunken and overcrowded town with a commerce-dependent economy, surrounded by dead rivers and radio transmission antennae.

If this continues, Pateros would not be able to afford much longer even just a semblance of economic progress from the overfocusing on economic resources and allowing natural and cultural resources to be thrown out the window. All three legs of this cultural-natural-economic tripod should be balanced, stable and productively interplaying. In all the community

96

Page 97: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

constituencies of local and national economics, these three types of capital ought to be handled well in a synergy-oriented strategy.

4. Reviewing the Meaning of ‘Development’

Dr. Sixto K. Roxas gives 68 numbered paragraphs in his monograph on Sustainable Development and the National Interest: Intra-Country Regions and a Four-Quadrant Eight-Level View of Local Integration (May 18, 2002), the first ten items of which seek to clarify the meaning of the word “development”:

“ ‘Development’ is the most used and least understood word in contemporary discourse. Economists use it to describe what is really mere growth. Psychologists refer to the evolution of the individual’s cognitive functions, his self and his personality. Anthropologists apply it to the evolution of culture, sociologists and political scientists to the formation of social patterns and political and governance systems.

“ ‘Development’ in fact does involve all those processes. Its meaning that becomes dominant in a country depends on the power position of the practitioners from different specializations. The dominance of the business and economics in the Philippine political scene has meant that in this country the term will mean primarily growth – in production, in sales, in incomes, in domestic and foreign trade, in investments.

“But growth in particular rates, patterns, and quality is merely the external result of a whole complex of other forces external and internal, individual and collective, psychological, ideological, organizational, of worldviews held and values maintained that determine behavior in the homes, farms, factories, offices, marketplaces of the country.

“Communities, political units, organizations are made up of individuals that constitute their leaders, managers and

constituents. Each of these individuals has gone through a process of personal development and is at a particular stage in that process, physical, biological, psychological, mental, spiritual – acquiring beliefs, ideologies, worldviews, values, behavior patterns and habits as a result of nature and particularities of his nurture. Combined into families, clans, tribes, communities, organizations of various forms and purposes, they endow the collectivities they form with particular cultures that exhibit specific patterns of organization, operation and performance. As the individuals change and develop over time and in specific geographical environments, so the collective groups manifest behavior and performance patterns – of which economic variables are an important but not the sole aspect.

“Scientific economics has developed its rigorous models by drastic and heroic abstractions from these complex processes to ‘explain’ the behavior of key economic variables and succeeded in crafting elegant theoretical structures that presume to depict reality adequately for purposes of management of entire systems and individual units constituting them.

“Such models over time became not merely analytical models to understand systematically the way real economies work and predict their performance but blueprints for reorganizing real communities and organizations and forcing them into the theoretical molds. Where this transformation succeeded, the analytical models seemed to work satisfactorily for purposes of practical management.

“But in countries that were of earlier stages of development, all manner of pathological dislocations have become evident. The Philippines – for reasons peculiar to its geography and its historical development – seems to be experiencing greater difficulties than its neighbors. The theoretical equipment and the practical wisdom of academics and practitioners have not seemed to provide answers for the

97

Page 98: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

country’s predicament. And over the last 56 years of the Republic’s existence, the country has gone through sixteen cycles of false starts, peaking and then crashing of expectations.”

Does Dr. Roxas, the first Filipino president of the Asian Institute of Management (AIM), simply dismiss the mainstream economists of the Philippines as a big bunch of incompetents? Not at all. His analysis is paradigmatic. “SKR” continues:

“The country has not lacked professionally-trained eco-nomists and other social scientists, organization and manage-ment experts rigorously trained in world-class business schools. But the repeated failures of diagnosis and prescriptions seem to demonstrate the inadequacy of the economic, social science and managerial paradigms either to explain our condition or prescribe an effective strategy and protocol of action.

“The difficulty in the analysis seems to lie in the mater-iality and importance of the factors that the abstractions of eco-nomic science leave out of the equations: specifically, the ideological, sociological, political and spiritual elements that are cavalierly lumped together and labeled ‘non-economic’ vari-ables. The ‘devil’ is in those details.

“We need a more rigorous framework, however, for sub-suming all the psychological, ideological, sociological, political and spiritual elements that go into behavior and performance. One such framework combines the ‘organizing generalization’ (i.e., viewing all realities as holons) devised by Ken Wilber for understanding the whole process of human evolution and development, and the work of Don Edward Beck using a bio-psycho-socio-logical schema originally put forward by the late Professor Clare Graves, the ‘spiral dynamics.’ ”

SKR’s explanation of Wilber’s holon-centered system appears near the end of Part One of this book. Beck’s “spiral dynamics” is something I still have to comprehend.

5. Building-Block Synergies in Associative Economics

Associative Economics—the framework where global and national economies are cultivated in synergies of local economies in a ground-up (not “trickle-down”) sort of building and operating systems. The “trickle-down” way of Globalized Greed control national economic policies and programs “from above,” and bring the policies and programs “down” to the level of the local constituencies and instrumentalities.

This pattern renders all pretenses for democratic governance as pure hypocrisy. “Economies of scale” which is almost always invoked by apologists for the arrangement, carry the presumption that the magnified volume is a synergy of the smaller component parts, in which case the governing entity involved would be accountable to this synergy of constituencies. Invoking the principle of economies of scale where there exists no synergy of small economies is at best intellectual dishonesty, if not outright stealing.

Accountability across all the existing levels of the holarchy of community should be real in any democracy; faking it, especially in the service of external intervenors, is an exploit-ative maneuver that should not be countenanced in the con-science of every stakeholder, servant or leader. Associative eco-nomics best illustrates the paradigm spelled out by Alvin Toffler (The Third Wave), which asserts that Small-Within-Big is Beautiful.” Toffler is countering the logic of “economies of scale” where the full merger of entities results in monolithic ar-rangements where the avowed leaders are able to conveniently forget about their accountability to entire communities. At the same time, Toffler also criticizes Schumacker’s “Small-is-Beau-tiful” framework.

The “Small-Within-Big Is Beautiful” framework abets the proliferation of many enterprises and entities that are small enough to afford a working intimacy between the leaders and the

98

Page 99: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

led; thus maintaining the members’ and stakeholders’ close su-pervision of the policies and operations of these entities. At the same time, because the “Small” is “Within Big,” this prolife-ration of team-ups and linkages is synergized by the mutually-beneficial networking involved. The operations of primary coops within federations, and of independent business owners (IBOs) within Jim Dornan’s Network Twenty-One, are examples of this.

Engr. Faustino G. Mendoza, Jr., who heads the National Economic Protectionism Association (NEPA) and is presiding over the revitalization and expansion program of this 69-year-old organization, expresses his faith in associative economics. In an article prepared for the Lambat-Liwanag Conference on Asso-ciative Economics, Social Capital and Sustainable Develop-ment, held at the Polytechnic University of the Philippines in August 2002, Mendoza says, in part:

“As the Philippine economy continues to worsen, there is no other course for NEPA and all other honorable and pragmatic Filipinos but to engage in organization- and institution-building towards a strong national collective stakeholdership and advo-cacy in economic nationalism. Contrary to the pronouncements of apologists of globalization, nationalism is not only relevant up to now, it is our only hope for national survival. Far from being against development and progress, economic nationalism is the Filipino people’s only hope for real development.

“We have so much in resources that we can synergize. We still have rich natural resources that we can finally start utilizing for our own country’s economic benefit by not selling them down the river hurriedly and therefore very cheaply. We have so much human resources in our people’s skills and more importantly in deep-seated sense of honor and industry that can be reawakened and fully harnessed if only we can make them work in a system of collective self-help in an atmosphere of social justice.

“Through millions of mutually-beneficial ‘Tangkilikan’ (mutual-patronage) transactions among empowered local com-munities, cooperatives, small and medium enterprises and groups like NEPA, we can save our nation from sinking ever deeper into the mire of mass poverty, massive unemployment, and Filipino enterprises closing shop. Such transactions and interlinking enterprises are building blocks that can be syn-ergized as the inner strength and basis for a strong, independent and progressive Philippine economy.”

Associative economics is not a new concept. It is as old as socio-economic democracy. It antedates the cooperatives, the type of organization that breathes synergism. What is new is the degree of urgency for unconnected enterprises and community economies to interphase and link up, in the face of the fast-growing scourge of Globalized Greed. The most effective way

99

Page 100: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

to thwart the designs of a monolithic tyrant is to build a synergy among component parts and respect fully its synergized will.

A non-industrialized country like the Philippines cannot hope to be really industrialized by what has been called an “ind-ustrializing elite.” The elite of the country has had two parts: the pro-foreign-domination elite that can have some capability for industrialization but does not have any motivation to do it; and the patriotic elite which has all the motivation but lacks in resources.

Since the entire population is a stakeholder in such pro-cess as a real industrialization of the country and not just located within the country’s territorial boundaries, any such “patriotic elite” should stop being elitist and work to draw in the sub-stantial participation of a large section of the population, of the people themselves, whose small amounts can be synergized in closely interlinked capital build-up and closely interlinked transactions that gradually mechanize production processes and start producing small but numerous kinds of machines and machine parts.

The masses should not be relegated to the unproductive role of rooting in rallies for a national industrialization led by and dependent on any such “industrializing-elite”; the people have to pool their resources and build up their own industrialization-oriented enterprises, especially agri-based ones, starting realistically at the grassroots and attaining economies of scale by an orchestrated widescale enterprise-interphasing. The strong cooperatives across the archipelago have shown signs of readiness to play a vital role in what would likely be a long ground-up process.

For this to commence as reality and march on to triumph, there should be real rural reconstruction and industrialization. In his book, Towards a New Economic Order and The Conquest

of Mass Poverty (third printing, 1986, p. 101), nationalist economist and writer Alejandro Lichauco gives us three conditions for rural development. Writes he (emphasis his):

“The reconstruction of our rural areas should be based on three elements. These are (1) land justice, under which land shall be owned by the tiller; (2) industrialization, under which the rural economy shall cease to be based simply in land but shall, in addition, incorporate the machine process, so that productivity becomes a function of both land and manufacturing industries, small, medium and large-scale; and (3) economic democra-tization, under which opportunities for livelihood are opened to the powerless and not restricted to a limited few who are endowed with capital and have monopolistic access to economic resources.

“The key to the implementation of the third element lies in the development of cooperatives as a democratoppic mode of ownership. A real program of agrarian reform must include reserving to cooperatives specific categories of economic acti-vities. Only by such monopolies can the powerless in the rural areas be effectively induced to mobilize collectively and be ensured that their livelihood ventures are effectively protected by a monopoly status.

“There is nothing wrong in giving the poor economic monopolies that would ensure them of livelihood.

“This is an instance where monopolies are indispensable to economic democratization. The poor must be given mono-polies provided they organize themselves into democratic coope-ratives.”

Lichauco, who spoke at the same Lambat-Liwanag conference with Mendoza, highlights this vital link between agriculture and rural economies, on the one hand, and national industrialization on the other, and of the latter growing from the

100

Page 101: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

enhanced productivity of the former. He also refers to the imperative of “economic democratization.’ Apparently, he is not about to pin all his hopes on a so-called “industrializing elite.”

But with preference for quick solutions, people who wait for such an earnestly “industrializing elite” to have enough resources to push for the industrialization of the country may have to be ready to wait forever. Led by Mendoza, NEPA is not engaged in such narrow and futile waiting game.

Already, a spokesperson for cooperatives-driven progress for the Philippines has emerged with almost four decades of track record in savings mobilization and financial independence and stability. Toward the end of his book, Hungry No More, published in 2002 by the National Credit Cooperative, Atty. Conrado L. Baltazar writes that on the basis of the no-bad-loans system trailblazed by the Tubao Credit Cooperative in La Union, cooperatives can indeed provide resources for countryside development and industrialization. Baltazar says:

“(T)he National Credit Cooperative can go into partner-ship arrangements with deserving ventures of primaries needing bigger investments. In this way will the poor get a chance to lift themselves out of poverty.

“If enough grassroots cooperatives all over the country can be imbued with the genuine essence of cooperativism, of self-reliant joint enterprise of members who are highly motivated and rewarded for disciplined productive effort, and are assisted by their own mechanisms for interlinkaging, namely the secondary cooperatives, and financial institutions that they themselves own and govern, there is no reason for their members to go hungry, there is no reason for their communities to go hungry, and there is no reason for this nation to go hungry.

“Can Philippine cooperatives make that quantum leap for self-overhaul and empowerment? Can Philippine cooperatives

start a good system and maintain it beyond the usual life ex-pectancy of ningas cogon? Of course! The people of Tubao, La Union, have made it their way of life for more than a quarter of a century!

“The most important thing is the resolute decision to do it. To save the poor from poverty, to save the hungry from further hunger, to save the children from a future of dark un-certainty, worsened poverty and destitution. To save our national economy from its worsening addiction to the illusory gains from dependence on foreign investments, there must be a resolute decision to find solutions everywhere else, like in grassroots de-velopments that can be mainstreamed nationwide, like our suc-cess in Tubao.

“Can the Philippine cooperatives make that quantum leap? I’m proud to inform all of you that a fast-growing number of cooperatives in this country have already started out on that process. Can the Philippine economy be made to quantum-leap away from the Manila-centered and foreign-currency-dependent programs and policies that have only proven to be counter-productive over the past decades, having been a major part of the cause of the problems these are supposed to be solving in the first place?

“Many people, especially the economists in the national government and the policy-makers in higher echelons of our society, may continue debating its desirability and its very possibility. They may continue debating, while Tubao Credit Cooperative works and self-replicates to eventually answer that question convincingly, not in words but in terms of success stories.

“Some of you may also think of ways to support us in this effort. One easy way is to spread the word about us: that there is a growing ray of hope for the Philippine economy, and it

101

Page 102: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

is in the growing number of healthy cooperatives validating their claim to the name.”

A clear vision for a “Pambansang Tangkilikan” (National Mutual Patronage) economy is articulated by SanibLakas Foundation’s Tony Cruzada in the pamphlet, ‘Pambansang Talastasan’ and ‘Pambansang Tangkilikan’: Twin Imperatives for National Synergy-Building, Empowerment and Upliftment, issued early in 2003 by the SanibLakas-convened Katipunang DakiLahi (underscoring in the original):

“Rather than an economy dominated by a narrow elite, foreign investors and favored importers, a nationalist economy that is in the hands of millions of the common tao. An economy that protects Filipino enterprise, utilizes Filipino ingenuity, develops Filipino industries, operating nationwide and across the globe. Not dependent on foreign investment or borrowing but on the talent, labor and savings of millions consolidated for strategic investments. All the elements of this Economy of the Taongbayan are already present in the hundreds of pilot programs that have been designed, developed and tried out by numerous people’s organizations (POs) and non-governmental organizations (NGOs), small and medium industries, coopera-tives, and socially responsible media organizations, the churches and the Academe. All that is needed is to integrate the best and most equity-building of strategies and programs into a coherent system to be adopted by communities. The integration of process will be guided by the new principles of Associative Economics and the much hidden potential in the cooperative sys-tem. National economy built on thriving local economies.

“The national invigoration of the economy will be accomplished through the thousand units of synergistic action at community level, orchestrated through a complex of institutional linkages. Integration, consolidation and synergy building will be nationwide through convergences creating concentric circles of

energy at all levels from the Barangay, Municipality, Province, and Region. All of these will be grounded on local empow-erment, giving primacy to Primaries, i.e. community-based eco-nomic units formed by households in a neighborhood.”

Cruzada, who is Katipunang DakiLahi’s overall coor-dinator for Pambansang Tangkilikan, talks about a local drive:

“To consolidate the initiative and energy provided by indigenous, organic leaders, entrepreneurs and economists who instill faith in self and in the community, faith in the Filipino’s capacity to reform and triumph. Leaders who will generate hope that we can break the cycle of failure brought upon us by un-inspired leadership and policies, and finally build the nation we can be and want to be. Lakas ng loob and bayanihan spirit will propel the needed action. Intensive mobilization will be easier if centered on ensuring stable employment and adequate income since these will enable families to meet their basic needs, provide a wider range of options and satisfy other aspirations.”

This local drive, he writes, brings forth local solutions:

To raise the level of productivity of every household and participation in community planning and decision making and the overall empowerment process. Installing local mechanisms for savings and investment that enable jobs to be multiplied and local resources optimally utilized, based on best practices from numerous pilot projects. Business groups will be alerted to their productivity potential and possible net worth. On the basis of potential productivity, savings will be invested in groups, and ventures that show dedication and promise, and products that are of high quality and marketability. Capacity building, especially management will be given priority to ensure that the planned ventures succeed.”

“Local Synergies, he says,” will be created “to coordi - nate the diverse elements that must come into interplay at the

102

Page 103: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

community level. Attention will have to be paid to the synch-ronization of the cultural, natural and economic capital, to ever-widening circles of collaboration, involvement and participation in diverse forms. Programs on jobs and savings will be linked with social security, family planning, health care, housing, utilities and environmental concerns. Finally, preparing the next generation will be an essential part of the integration process.”

To summarize, the C-N-E Tripod in Associative Eco-nomics for Sustainable Development is good management of the interactive synergetic dynamics of cultural, natural and economic resources in the holarchy of cooperatives and other business enterprises within the attainment of nationalist industrialization, and in the holarchy of community economics, from village-wide to nation-wide. It takes full consideration of all human needs, and of synergizing well all human capabilities and natural resources for addressing those needs, from the scope of the local community to the scope of much bigger holonic realities.

On the other hand, associative economics is the synergism principle’s answer to the forced centralization of labor forces, markets, nay entire economies worldwide, for the narrow interests of Globalized Greed. Associative Economics operationalizes Toffler’s assertion that Small-Within-Big is Beauti ful , empowers all active stakeholders, and puts more sense to the human-needs-and-resources management systems, called “economics.”

With the abundance still all around us in terms of natural and human resources, there’s no reason for the natural resources to be destroyed and for the majority of the Homo sapiens to go hungry for long stretches of time. We have had enough of technocratic gobbledygook! It’s time to demand some honesty and common sense in the way we handle our economics!

Chapter 10:TransGenerational BondingHUMANS of any generation are very important players in a synergetic relay, in a process of wisdom accumulation, in a process of collective growth from generation to generation. This is the intergenerational bond that embraces us all along the full timeline from the time the first humans emerged until the last humans perish.

1. Mandates and Accountabilities in the Flow

Our latter-day discernments on human dignity, as enshrined as recently as only half a century ago in a Universal Declaration of Human Rights (1948), have to impact on our rightful valuation of human dignity from the time of the proverbial Adam and Eve, Noah, etc.. Transgenerational bond-ing mandates that we value the “primitive” memories and ideas of our elders and ancestors, and it mandates likewise that we hold ourselves completely accountable to all the generations still to come after us in upholding such dignity of all members of the human race regardless of time, place and other circumstances.

The Lambat-Liwanag empowering paradigm pertinent to sense of history puts it in synergetic tandem with the discern-ment of a sense of mission.

An empowered sense of history creates a holistic appreciation of process of history through stages of suffering and triumph, through stages of disunity and of consolidation as a community, through stages of progression and of stagnation or even regression, and seeks the mandates of the past

103

Page 104: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

achievements and lessons for present-day generations to pursue and fulfill for the sake of generations yet unborn.

This is the full appreciation of the continuity flow of history, a holistic framework that militates against the eclectic and trivial handling of historical matters. Such a collective sense of history – a sense of shared heritage and shared fate — and such sense of mission contribute in no small measure to the cultural resources of a community, big or small, and therefore to its synergy.

This continuity flow is the second in a set of three dimensions in what I have come to popularize as the “three-D” view of history. The first D stands for detalye, the Filipino word for details of information about specific historical events; the second D stands for daloy, the Filipino word for flow, which seeks for each event answers to questions of causality (why did that happen?) and consequence (so what if it happened?); and the third D stands for diwa or spirit, which covers matters of intellectual honesty, point of view, and philosophical underpin-nings (whether basically dissective or integrative).

Modesty aside, this “3-D” view of history has made more alive, deeper and more interesting the study of history on the part of a growing number of students. This framework shuns rote memorization and encourages independent critical thinking and analytical valuation.

2. Synergies from Shared Evolution

Strictly speaking, whenever we talk of our ancestors, we should also be looking back in tribute to our ancestors as life forms, like all those ancient mammals, reptiles, and fish and mono-celled beings clustered in cell colonies. All the evolutionary lessons in those species are lodged as data in each of our cells’ DNA. And our bodies evolve in a very similar path right inside our mother’s womb and shortly after we get born.

The most important elements of growth of human consciousness is a series of discoveries and realizations of pre-existing realities that the human sciences like anthropology and archeology can only hope and seek to chase after. The sooner human science removes its human-imposed limitations in terms of its tools (like limiting these to measurements of what the “five only” human senses can perceive, the sooner can the humans be ready to avail themselves of the full enjoyment of the grand realities that have always been there. Then we shall all outgrow all tendencies towards divisiveness and its resultant self- and mutual-constriction.

Needless to stress, all the other organisms in the great ecosystem, are also celebrations of synergies among earlier forms evolving, more or less among the paths studied by Darwin into our present-day fellow living beings in the plant, animal, and in-between kingdoms. Transgenerational bonding should also be felt with our close and distant relatives across the long evolutionary process of life forms on earth. After all, humans are supposedly the latest creation to evolve, so the human species would, by inference, be the most complete synergy of all the evolutionary stages from protein cells and monocelled prokaryotes to primates and humanoids, that had to accumulate to finally lead to the emergence of the homo sapiens sapiens.

Brian Swimme writes in The Universe is a Green Dra-gon (Sta. Fe, New Mexico: Bear and Company, 1984, p. 100):

“Consider a mountain goat. These animals have the abili-ty to stand on a tiny ledge of rock with the wind blowing and the rains crashing down on them. Their hooves, in particular the outer shell of the hoof surrounding the inner pad, allow them to get a hold on a small rock as if they were grabbing it with pliers.

“What we have to appreciate is that this adaptation required millions of years. The ancestors of the present-day

104

Page 105: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

mountain goats lived on mountains, adapting to the mountain’s shapes, the difficulties of gravitational pull, and everything else. Those shapes that were most successful in fitting into the mountain’s reality were selected for survival, so that what we see now contains all that previous experimentation. The hoof is the memory of the ancestral tree. It didn’t show up accidentally; it was shaped by the accumulated experience of millions of goats.

“The point is, matter remembers the elegant hoof. The genetic sequence enabling such a hoof to be fashioned becomes dominant in the gene pool, passing the hoof around to all members of the species. So, you see what I mean when I say the hoof is permeated with memories from the past. From this standpoint, the hoof is those memories.

“Just as hoof is memory, the human body is memory. Think of how many creatures are involved in the ancestral tree for the creation of our fingers! When you lift your hand, you are lifting all the vast experimentation that led to that hand. There before you is the history of the great events in the universe: the biological exploration, the supernova explosion, all the signi-ficant moments of the last twenty billion years are remembered.

“Matter (does the remembering). Matter in the form of molecules. The sequence of molecules that make up your DNA is a sequence of memories. … We can only look with astonishment at the genetic sequence of molecules captured – remembered – by the DNA in all cells. … Think of how many billions of creatures were involved in the accomplishment of (creating) the animal eye.”

For each species, more significant remembering is done by a “consciousness grid,” which we discuss in Chapter 14.

Chapter 11:Governance and Social DevelopmentIN Maps of the Mind (Collier Books, NY), Ruth Benedict, the anthropologist and poet, is credited with introducing the idea of synergy into social science, wrote: "From all comparative ma-terial the conclusion emerges that societies where non-aggression is conspicuous have social orders in which the individual by the same act and at the same time serves his own advantage and that of the group."  (Maps of the Mind, Charles Hampden-Turner, Collier Books, NY, page 148.)

It is therefore ironic that when groups of people created states and governments, the latter creations have been using conspicuous aggression in imposing “peace and order” among the citizens, lending credence to the Marxist-Leninist definition that “state is the coercive instrument of class oppression.”

1. The Basics of Governance and Politics

The word “politics” has long acquired a negative mean-ing in the Philippines and in many other so-called “democratic” countries, where professional politicians, many of whom are charlatans and opportunists are, the ones who run governments instead of the statesmen. However, before we completely shun politics altogether, let’s review some basics:

Governance is the management of community needs and resources in all areas of social concern, and it covers ensuring the assertion and protection of the constituents’ individual and collective rights (economic, social, cultural, civil and political rights as enshrined in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights of 1948 and in the international covenants flowing from

105

Page 106: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

it). The claim to exercise governance and to collect taxes for such exercise is validated only by the people’s mandate on the basis of the degree of actual performance of the service functions flowing from the people’s inalienable rights.

For example, government builds roadways and operates (through regulatory contracts called franchises) public transport-ation systems, in order to serve well the citizens’ right to free-dom of movement. It operates state and public schools and ex-ercises supervision over private schools to ensure that the citi-zens’ right to education will not be served only on paper.

Politics pertains to all acts to determine or at least influence how to prioritize all the needs, how to sustainably utilize the resources for the benefit of all the constituents, how the synergies are to be played out, if at all, and who among the people are to be mandated to perform the role of orchestrating and who among the people are to be mandated to perform what other roles in the orchestration. The role of orchestrating is played through a machinery for governance (called government).

The word politics does not have to be as dirty as most people have come to know it; after all, we are all engaged in politics whenever we assert the citizens’ right to influence government policies and performance. The question of who acquires, and who retains decisively influential positions in the machinery called government, the question of winning electoral mandates and useful appointments are important in politics. But so are acts of influencing the substantial and executory shape of formalized social policy (called laws and ordinances) and influencing the quality and degree of implementation by all quarters.

2. The Holarchies of Governance.

Aggression of one group of humans against other groups usually involve the perceived need of the former to make the rest

of society bow to inequitable distribution of goods and services and the inequitable enjoyment of human dignity and the basic economic, social, cultural, civil and political rights that innately flow from such dignity.

Filipinos have had a long history of government func-tionaries lording it over the citizenry and using aggressive intervention in private citizen affairs as if they had the “divine right of kings” to invoke. Such government functionaries are often invoking and appropriating for their own use the “eminent domain” prerogatives of the nation state, supposedly on behalf of the people and for their benefit. However, they generally do this in performing direct or indirect service of foreign-elite domination of our people, for which domination they are well-compensated accomplices.

National government is not higher than local govern-ment. It is only the synergized, i.e. effectively facilitated, na-tional constituency that is higher than each of the local cons-tituencies. When a group of households living near one another builds a synergy among themselves, they may set up this or that simple mechanism to facilitate that synergy—mass meetings at the plaza, bulletin boards, and a council of elders or chosen leaders to resolve conflicts and coordinate bayanihan-type ef-forts. With those mechanisms in place, the synergy may work very well to serve the needs and will of the people making up the clustered households. Two or more such neighborhood clusters can join together in a bigger and stronger synergy, called a barrio or baranggay, and have a bit more complex facilitation and coordination mechanism, and two or more such baranggays can build a synergy among themselves to form what they might call a municipality, and set up a bit more complex mechanism to facilitate the synergy and serve well the needs and the will of all the people in these clusters of clusters of clusters.

106

Page 107: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

As we go to wider and wider scopes, the mechanisms become more and more complex but the essence should remain the same. And that is, the mechanism of whatever scope should be serving the needs and will of the people in all those clusters of clusters of clusters, not ruling them. These government officials and functionaries on various scopes of constituency are not in any hierarchy, only their respective constituent communities are. The facilitating mechanisms are tools of the people, funded by their money, with authority emanating from them as citizenry. Tools (government instrumentalities such as councils, agencies, Houses of Congress, executive departments, Cabinet, Palace), and the functionaries posted in them at any given time, cannot be higher than the people.

They are not monarchs or military dictators or bene-volent despots although they may convincingly feel and play-act the part and be rewarded with undeserved respect (with the title “Honorable” and its attendant protocols) and bloated oppor-tunities for largesse and perks. Only by having performance records of competence and dedication as servants of the people can these persons ever deserve the respectability they so conspicuously seek. But even the competent functionaries of competent administrations have no real right to swagger among the people or allow their underlings to do the swaggering for them. Only the ignorant and the hypocrytical opportunists can be “impressed” by their airs of self-importance.

The complexity of the mechanism for nationwide gov-ernance, the overbloated bureaucracy, has had the effect of confusing all of us enough to forget the essence. A congressman should consult with his constituents not to ask them what their problems are but to ask them what their proposed solutions are to the problems of the nation, so the congressman can faithfully represent their voice in policy discussions within the national legislature. Basketball courts, waiting sheds, bridges, etc. are

matters that should be the left for governors and mayors and baranggay chairmen to address as executives.

A larger cluster is not more important than a smaller one. Plans and policies of local constituencies should be synergized to be the plans and policies of wider constituencies. The national government should therefore be a mechanism for synergizing the Filipino people’s own physical, mental and spiritual capabilities to serve their own needs and their own collective will. Contrary to what we have started getting used to, it is not supposed to be a mechanism to facilitate the control of our country, of our regions and provinces and towns and communities, neighborhoods and homes, by the powerful elite of Global Greed.

3. People’s Self-Empowerment

The hierarchy paradigm is promoted and maintained by those who seek to call attention to their so-called authority over smaller clusters while at the same time justifying why they have to obey like meek lambs the Trojan-Horse “recommendations” of foreign overlords represented by the World Bank-IMF, World Trade Organization and similar entities.

This paradigm is challenged by the people’s empower-ment paradigm, where the ideal of social justice is combined with the lesson from this quote: “Give a man fish and you feed him for a day’ teach him how to fish and you feed him forever.” And there are three distinct frameworks within which groups and individuals can relate to the people and the matter of attaining and enjoying empowerment in governmental power, in other words, political power. These are:

1) “Proxy empowerment” framework wherein an organized entity that is out of the corridors of power seeks to acquire and exercise political power in the name of the people and for the “objective” and “fundamental” benefit of the people, earnestness assumed;

107

Page 108: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

2) “Dole-out and Token Empowerment” framework where wherein an entity and persons already in possession of power claim to empower the people out of their magnanimity, but sets limits to such empowerment so as not to put in jeopardy their own decisive hold on power and their very own agenda; and

3) “Direct self-empowerment of, for, and by the People,” both as individual human persons attaining full development of their respective individual human faculties and potentialities, and as groups of such individually-uplifted people synergizing their capabilities for collective self-determination and effective self-governance. In this framework, various entities and individuals can serve, or partake in embodying, the people’s self-empowerment process (institutions, agencies and NGOs can serve this process one way or another; and each PO can partake in embodying this self-empowerment).

It is up to each individual and to each group to choose the framework to pursue their own efforts. Indicators of success or significance of the efforts would include the approval and validation of these efforts by a growing percentage of the citizenry, and of course the actual impact of these efforts on the people.

The first framework is premised on building the strength and “ideological purity” of the entity that seeks to acquire power for and in the name of the people. Thus it naturally tends to require or encourage monolithic structures and practices which have the inherent tendency to stifle the initiative and creativity of many of the people involved and, in some cases, have even resulted in the disempowerment of these people. It also abets a simplistic aversion to working with agencies and officials of the government. It even tends to simplistically polarize or dicho-tomize between cause-oriented organizations and the govern-

ment or make them oppose whatever the latter does or supports, which is not really very principled.

I choose to be predisposed to give this framework an assumption of earnestness of intent to act, speak for, and serve the “objective” and “fundamental” benefit of the people. History has apparently proven me to be “too generous” for deciding to have such a predisposition. For this reason, traditional politicians in the Philippines or elsewhere, can only appear to belong to be working under this framework, but are more akin to the second one” token empowerment doled out to the people.

The second framework is hazardous, just like the first, because it creates illusions among the people and feeds on such illusions until such time that the people, who initially pin their hopes on it, pendulum-swing to the extreme cynicism. The “people empowerment” component of the reform program of a past Philippine administration spoke glowingly of guaranteeing the marginalized sectors of society inside-track access to deci-sion-making bodies of government, but failed short of guaran-teeing that such representation would not merely be window-dressing. The scheme tended to backfire on government in most cases where representatives of such marginalized sectors were patronizingly humored and officially heard but not really heeded in those decision-making bodies.

The third framework builds a well-founded confidence in the people’s capability not to lose sight of the need for funda-mental changes and actually builds the people’s direct capability through synergism to effect such changes.

By raising the people’s standards as to which changes may be considered essential and beyond the cosmetic or pal-liative, this framework does not harbor or foment a fear of petty reforms, for many reforms and immediate gains can really be used as stepping stones in the people’s march to achieving fundamental changes in society.

108

Page 109: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Among the three alternative frameworks enumerated above, I subscribe to the third one, and I would even go to the extent of asserting that it is the only framework that can result in the people actually being empowered. I say this because the framework of people’s self-empowerment is direct, well-rounded, and rooted in the empowerment of individuals making up the majority of our people.

At the same time, the third framework can actually support, encompass, and check for earnestness and effectiveness, those working within the first and/or the second framework.

The program thrust of the SanibLakas Foundation for National Synergy-Building is fully within the framework of peo-ple’s self-empowerment through building synergies all around. On varying scopes, like primary cooperatives, local communities and the synergy of these in the national community, diverse but orchestrated efforts are pursued in all the components of the Stable Tripod for Sustainable Development, that is, in the natural, cultural and economic resources of the people, cultivated and tapped for Associative Economics.

Along the lines of building actual synergies under this program thrust, this work has entailed organizing people into organizations and organizing various organizations into net-works. SanibLakas-created organizations have also been called “program organizations” but these organizations have had their own leadership bodies composed of a combination of Foun-dation members and non-members, the latter being considered as co-equal individual partners of the Foundation.

In each of the organizations we create and networks we convene, the role played by SanibLakas Foundation at the start is that of convenor. But the direction is toward spinning off all these organizations into autonomous entities, where the role of the Foundation would shift to that of concept guardian, organ-

ization development consultant, and provider of supportive re-sources.

Chapter 12:Healthy Organizations and True LeadershipA GREAT number of people are involved in organizations. But many of these people are apparently missing the point on the essence of organizations to the extent that their confusion and rampant malpractice are giving the very concept of organizations a bad name. Same goes for archaic concepts of leadership, the personality-centered idea of leadership that often splits up organizations instead of solidifying them.

1. Essence of Organizations

The essence of organization is in synergizing the unity of purpose, of determination, of views, and, therefore, of action of individual elements (member persons or member-organizations) synergizing on the basis, and for the enhancement, of such uni-ties.

The magnitude of synergy in any organization depends on the magnitude of commitment and energy of most if not all of the individual members. This is the “Basic Elements” aspect, which pertains to the quality and also to the quantity of the indi-viduals making up the organization. Specific interrelationships are worked out for optimized synergy determined by the organ-izational design and by the quality of its leadership. This is the “Leadership and Management” aspect.

109

Page 110: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Three Synergies are underpinnings of healthy organi-zations:

Synergy of the Minds for policies and decisions, which covers an understanding by the members of the needs and problems being addressed by the organization and also the intellectual consideration by them of the options available for approaches and methods;

Synergy of the Hearts/Spirit, which covers the mutual reinforcement among members of their levels of conviction and determination, as well as morale; and

Synergy of the Muscles/Actions, which covers unified and coordinated actions that fulfill and enhance the full potentialities of the sum total of the capabilities of all the active members.

It should be noted that synergies in all three aspects correspond to what are generally described to be the triune facets of the full human: body, mind, spirit. This implies that organizations of humans are best synergies of the full humanity of the members, and not synergizing only the muscles of most of the members, the minds of only a handful of formal or de facto leaders who decide how to deploy the muscles of all the members, and ‘never mind the spirit.’ Such organizations survive all right but they are not as effective and powerful as they can be, and they do not really function as empowering entities for members who join in.

All of these three synergies form the essential under-pinnings of organizational processes, like consensus-building and policy-making, coordination, etc.

The setting of general and specific principles, approach-es, activities, policies, programs, and plans should proceed from the scientific, philosophical and organizational principle of synergism, where the total capability and actual output of a set

of people working closely together is much more than the total capability or total output of the very same people if they are working separately.

Finally, the structures (bodies, job descriptions, criteria, methods of recruitment/hiring, selection/election; methods of recall, etc.) should only follow and not be determined ahead of these. And this is where true leadership is very important.

2. Synergetic Leadership: From ‘Bagani’ to ‘Balani’

True leadership, in the context of contemporary human synergies, does not refer to the function of making the most important decisions on behalf of the members, or doing all the work for the members while transforming them into a fans club. True leadership is serving the members by facilitating and or-chestrating well their synergy, by drawing all of them to over-come any tendency to act separately and instead to maximize the value of deciding to associate by acting as a big team—in decision-making, in purpose-setting, in working, and in enjoying together the fruits of their work.

True leadership does not call attention to itself, but builds the capacity and confidence of the members, their faith in them-selves and in the great power of their togetherness. And in doing this, leadership expands itself among more and more members to have this same conscious predisposition and capacity to unite the parts of the whole more and more closely behind what is the collective will at any given time. This has to be done without those representing the whole having any feeling of being above those parts. Any leader who starts behaving condescendingly, even if unknowingly, automatically stops being a leader.

Leadership consciousness should be centered on the function of leading, of being an active part of the centripetal force, and not on the identities of specific persons making up the

110

Page 111: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

formal leadership bodies. Imbued with the synergetic spirit of such consciousness, even the losing candidates for executive officers’ positions in ticket-mode elections can still be counted on as earnest teammates of the winners in the broader leadership force within the organization. After all, we should be in a posi-tion to assume that officer-caliber members of an organization, which they all claim to be, at least tacitly, by running for office, are real leaders and not just popular personalities.

The Philippine concept of leadership has evolved over the centuries with the development of social structures, affected by the archipelago’s colonization by Spanish and American regimes.

Thousands of years of freedom and natural evolution saw the brand of leadership akin to that of champions like David and Goliath were for their respective sides. ‘Bagani’ is one of the old native words for warrior and ‘bagani’ leadership is the kind where the leader is one who would do the brunt of the fighting or do the commanding for other warriors to obey. That worked for a period of time characterized by frequent inter-group wars.

Then there emerged the ‘bayani’ leadership. The word ‘bayani’ in the major Philippine language started out as a verb that meant serving the community through collective work that expects no equivalent material compensation. The nearest noun-form to this was ‘bayanihan’ or community action on one another’s tasks, like planting and harvesting rice or moving houses from one area to another. (About a century ago, the word ‘bayani’ acquired a new sense, referring to heroes and heroism.) “Bayani” leadership can therefore describe the leadership factor that draws the participation of community members to such specific collective efforts in the spirit of the synergetic “baya-nihan” philosophy, which is part of our nation’s proud heritage.

A new brand of leadership is now emerging in the world since the advent of the new millennium, in the stream of what

has been called the “Age of Aquarius.” This is the leadership factor to bring people to awareness and appreciation of our essential oneness as Spirit incarnated in separate bodies with distinct histories.

Although gathering, reflecting and sharing the light, through writings and oral discussions have been part of the means employed by these leaders, the latter do their work mainly by “living and being the light,” that is, by bringing the essential reality of our oneness in their consistent behavior in the most challenging of milieus.

As Walsch writes of ‘God telling him’ (Conversations, Book 3, 1998, p.182): “Bring your awareness to others. Not by proselytizing but by example. Be the source of the love which I am in the lives of all others. For that which you give to others, you give to yourself. Because there is only One of Us.”

The very being of these new type of leaders, and the consequent behavior flowing from that being, produces fields of awareness and appreciation akin to magnetic fields produced by each magnet and affecting objects all around each magnet. Thus I refer to this leadership as “balani leadership,” ‘balani’ being the Filipino word for magnet.

“Bayani” leadership builds strong synergies behind spe-cific tasks at hand. But as the pattern for such collective behavior is established and strengthened, it gets imbibed by the greater mass of the participants and it goes well beyond the concerns of specific tasks and gets established as these people’s mode of living and existence, individually and collectively.

“Balani” leadership is thus attained by those who habitually see commonalities and points of unity in the most antagonistic of configurations, those who are ever-predisposed to do the following as individuals and as teams, whatever area of human interaction is involved: link up the unlinked, coordinate

111

Page 112: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

the uncoordinated and act as a living bridges among organizations or sections of the population that are not relating enough or at all, or are even hostile to one another. They are the conscious synergizers or synergy-builders. (Our synergism-oriented SanibLakas Foundation is seeking to synergize in its membership and activity-oriented life the consistently-active conscious synergizers; those who are unable or unwilling to be consistently-active are very much welcome to join the broader but less-compact community called Pamayanang SanibLakas.)

“Balani” leadership can only grow from “bayani” leader-ship. But they have a big difference: Bayani leadership discovers and actualizes the value of parts coming together in synergy, and Balani leadership rediscovers that we are all one in the first place, before the seeming separation arising from the forgetting.

As of this writing, much refining has yet to be done on my integrated description of “bagani,” “bayani” and “balani” leadership, and I welcome all shared experiences and ideas for further working it out.

3. Collective Will and the Matter of Discipline

Healthy and strong are those organizations that synergize their individual members’ will and skill, their motivations and capabilities, instead of having to cultivate these in them in the first place. A strong organization is one where the members are firm on their respective personal decision to band together, real-ly band together, and make this banding together really work for the sake of their synergized aims. The healthy organization can-not and would not accept members who had not applied for membership or categorically manifested a choiceful personal decision to pursue their personal purposes which the organi-zation would only facilitate for synergetic pursuit.

But members, as do all humans and other holons, feel both the tendency to be good and firm team-players and uphold

the team-play, and the tendency to go their own way as individuals with very individual motivations and capabilities. Discipline is therefore the mechanism for an organization to be stable by drawing its members to consistently behave as team players. Rules are made collectively for collective gain, and rule-breaking, the acts of spoiling the team-play, is an offense not just against the rule enforcers but against the organization itself. Reeducation is therefore the best remedy for breaches of discipline, and even practically-consequential sanctions, like fines and penalties and even expulsion, should primarily aim for education of the general membership.

In the book, Hungry No More (National Credit Coope-rative, Philippines, 2002, p. 83), Conrado L. Baltazar gives this valuable input on discipline:

“Let me go back briefly to the matter of discipline. Some people might take this term in the sense of its usual use especially to justify martial-law, authoritarian and regimented practice where righteous behavior is motivated mainly by fear of punishment to be meted out on offenders by authority figures and bodies. Is the effort to instill discipline, of this sort, compatible with The Cooperative Way, the way of synergism, the way of service-orientation and volunteerism, the way of associative economics…?

“Apologists for authoritarianism and command systems have unfortunately been allowed to monopolize, to own, the term, and the others who use it in healthier sense do not clarify their own sense for the education of their leaderships and audiences.

“Effective penal sanction systems – with heavy penalties, effective monitoring to flush out offenders and effective prosecution/judicial systems can indeed make for very effective discipline among a group of people. But under the principles of

112

Page 113: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

cooperativism, discipline in the cooperatives should emanate from within each person.

“Each member should be developed in enough personal maturity to comprehend the just logic of the rules, and to con-nect their own individual interests inextricably with that of the cooperative, they would each exert best efforts not to commit acts that would weaken the cooperative. Only the matured can see the imprudence of breaking the rules of a system that are placed for their own collective interests. Only the matured can grasp intellectually and practice in a living way the principle of synergy that has to operate if the cooperative is to fully serve them and to continue serving them.

“Joining the cooperative is voluntary. All voluntary acts of matured persons are expected to be conscious voluntary acts. They join a coop because they know that it is prudent to do so for their individual and collective interests. And common sense would tell them that cooperatives can only work to serve those individual and collective interests if and only if all or even most of them make it work, by going along fully with the systems they have agreed, out of collective common sense, to adopt. It has been observed among many cooperatives that members are not conscious of this logic. We don’t want to assume that they joined the coop to ‘put one over the coop.’

“Inner and conscious sense of discipline is therefore not only compatible to The Coop Way, it is The Coop Way. It’s something like no one committing any crime even if the policemen are nowhere in sight. It’s like people who’d refrain from defecating in the middle of the community plaza not be-cause somebody might see their private parts, someone might see their act and discredit them or some policeman might see and arrest them. They simply won’t do it because they don’t want to foul up the air being breathed by the entire community including themselves and their loved ones. A matured cooperative mem-

ber, who knows the essence of cooperativism and not merely the intricacies of some coop activity or other, would refrain from participating in the slow slaughter of the goose that lays the golden egg.”

Baltazar’s explanations of discipline are rooted in de-cades of successful practice of their credit cooperative in Tubao, La Union, in Northern Philippines. We focus on the synergetic dynamics of cooperatives in the succeeding chapter. But the matter of inner discipline is also founded on a person’s integrity, the synergy of one’s thoughts, words and deeds, as well as in the will to be consistent in the synergy of our actions and experi-ences in co-creating and actualizing Who We Really Are. And each human being both an individual and a part of a whole, that Whole is created together by individuals who consciously and firmly seek to make fully effective the synergetic dynamics of such a Whole, where every individual member acts more upon the basis of prudent collectivity than upon the folly of counter-productive separation.

Chapter 13:Cooperative—Social Synergy of Personal EnterprisesMANY COOPERATIVE leaders and members are familiar with the definitions of both the terms "synergism" and "coopera-tives."   However, there is need for focused education on both of them because familiarity is never enough to meet the challenge of dynamically applying the principle of synergism. Such application should be done consciously in appreciating the very

113

Page 114: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

essence of cooperativism and in the lifepulse of the Philippine coop movement as a whole and of every single cooperative.

There is need to focus some attention on the very essence of a cooperative: individual entrepreneurs decided to pursue their enterprises together, really and fully toge ther . The cooperative is the social synergy of these personal enter prises . Real and full togetherness translates into the narrowing of dis-crepancies in equity investment and into insuring equal vote in decision-making. And the full togetherness goes beyond mere joint ownership but in all joint efforts possible to make the cooperative enterprise. Each member has a stake and keen interest in the entire working of this business enterprise. It is this real and full togetherness that distinguishes a coop from a bilateral partnership or from a corporation.

Upon this essence of cooperative stand the Seven Basic Principles of Cooperative Identity as formulated and promul-gated by the century-old International Cooperative Alliance (ICA). These principles serve to operationalize the essence.

1. Comprehension Needs Deepening

On both concepts, textual and theoretical understand-ing has to be deepened and validated by experiential knowledge, something that cannot be acquired within the four walls of a seminar room and within the time span of a few days.

On matters regarding the building, formalization, regis-tration, consolidation and operation of cooperatives, the standard education courses and modules would seem to suffice or even exceed the basic needs for these aspects of cooperative life to flow.  But we submit that there has been almost nothing, if not indeed nothing, when it comes to fo cus ed edu cation on the syn-ergism principle itself.

Because of this, cooperative life goes on, as it obviously does go on, but leaves much to be desired in terms of quality operations and growth, precisely because the very soul of the needed dynamic unity is not really there. It is therefore not at all surprising that for many cooperative leaders and members it is quite all right that their cooperatives have been built and is continually running, mainly on the basis of resources accepted or even begged for from external sources.

They do not realize that this kind of dependence, no matter how lucrative it may be for the cooperatives concerned, negates their very identity as cooperatives and that it has even stripped them of the right to keep calling themselves coopera-tives.

Lack of education and lack of application of the syner-getic essence of cooperatives is also at the root of common situations where only the officers are active while the members would not even attend regular meetings.

Certain privileges are accorded cooperatives under the Cooperative Code of the Philippines, because of their supposed nature and service to society, but unfortunately many coope-ratives have not kept their part of the covenant. I do not impute malice on the part of anyone for this situation.  I am just pointing out that something very important has been missing in our co-operative education work, and that is the imperative of learning and consciously applying the principle of synergism for the sake of the cooperatives themselves and ultimately for the sake of our local communities and the nation.

Contrary to what many cooperative leaders and members have become convinced by decades of experience, the basic and therefore most important unit of the cooperative sector is the primary, the synergy of individual persons, the cooperators, who have each decided to pursue one’s own respective entrepre-

114

Page 115: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

neurial endeavors together “and really together” with the others (that is, in the “cooperative way”).

On the basis of this synergy essence of the cooperative, the SanibLakas Foundation’s Cooperative Education on Syner-gism (CES) Program launched in the middle of February 2003 a mini-poster and handout campaign (with the same two-page material) for discussion, distribution and posting on or before March 10, 2003, the 13th anniversary of the Philippine Coope-rative Code (Republic Act 6938). This material starts with the following in bold and enlarged letters: “In commemoration of Philippine Cooperative Day on March 10, 2003, let us all salute the basic source of strength of coops …members who fully live by their own individual decision to synergize their personal en-terprises by really banding together in strong cooperatives.”

2. Your Will Be Done… What Will?

Two paragraphs deliver and explain the whole point of the campaign, points that we requested cooperatives to discuss among their members:

“Voluntary membership” means the application and ac-ceptance of members lies in their personal will (voluntas) to bring together their savings and enterprises and band together fully, for magnification of their capabilities through synergism. Members who live by their own decision to band fully together really feel, assert and perform joint stakeholdership and demo-cratic control in the affairs of the coop. They are aware that they did not come in as beneficiaries of a social welfare agency, nor as clients of a borrowers’ club. They are really entrepreneurs, making full use of all the opportunities and prerogatives asserted and upheld by the Seven Principles of Cooperative Identity (promulgated by the International Cooperative Alliance) to make the joint enterprise grow and serve the community. Filipino cooperators are also honoring our common heroic heritage by

living the Bayanihan spirit, where our concept of, and even our word for, heroism are ultimately rooted. The members and the officers decide together how to make the cooperative enterprise work and sustainably grow.

“The power of cooperativism in the Philippines is de-pendent on the solid character of individual members of primary coops, their personal and collective resources, and the quality of synergy among all of them. By working together in the spirit of teamwork and Bayanihan, all the various apex organizations, federations and unions, the academe, the non-government org-anizations, and the Cooperative Development Authority can help to fully enhance the heroism and capabilities of all cooperative members and unleash the full potential of our coop primaries.

“The cooperative sector can be enabled to perform much better, and at last be popularly and officially recognized, as one of the major pillars of the Philippine economy that we all want to move towards recovery and sustainable development.

“That, after all, is the noble intent and challenge of our ‘cooperative revolution’. ”

3. Some References The mini-poster cum handout also provides the following

references for the foregoing assertions:

“The classic definition of cooperative was articulated by renowned historian Julius Otto Muller: ‘(cooperative is) a term used where a number of people join together for a common pro-ject, because joint effort makes possible an amount of strength greater than the sum of the individual amounts of energy.’ In this context, coope ration is synonym ous with synergy . [Source: Roberto “Obet” Pagdanganan, An Urgent Call for Cooperative Revolution, 2002, p. 3. (Emphasis ours)

115

Page 116: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

“The International Cooperative Alliance (ICA) Statement of Identity defines a cooperative as ‘an autonomous association of persons united voluntarily to meet their common economic, social and cultural needs and aspirations through a jointly-owned and democratically-controlled enterprise.’ While intentionally crafted as a minimal statement, which could embrace the vast array of cooperative organizations throughout the world, the statement emphasizes some important characteristics of coope-rative enterprise. These include the following essential features: enterprise, autonomy, voluntary nature, needs being met, joint ownership and democratic control. [Source: Ann Hoyt, “And Then There Were Seven (Cooperative Principles Updated),” Cooperative Grocer, January/February 1996 issue published by Dave Gutknecht, P.O. Box 597, Athens, OH 45701    University of Wisconsin Center for Cooperatives (From Internet; Emphasis ours.)]

“Article III of the Cooperative Code of the Philippines (Republic Act 6938) defines ‘cooperative’ as a “duly registered association of persons with a common bond of interest who have voluntarily joined together to achieve a lawful common social or economic end, making equitable contributions to the capital required and accepting a fair share of the risks and benefits of the undertaking in accordance with universally accepted coope-rative principles. Article IV states that, ‘Every cooperative shall conduct its affairs in accordance with Filipino culture and experience, and the universally accepted principles…’ [Source: Roberto Pagdanganan, An Urgent Call for Cooperative Revolu-tion, 2002, p. 3.]

“Two elements have to be stressed in applying the synergism principle on the very definition of cooperatives: one, there are members each with resources to contribute to a com-mon enterprise and readiness to face risks in substantial stake - holdership; and, two, these voluntarily band together, and really

do band together in earnest, bringing in substantial amounts of human and material resources, to make the enterprise work and grow. [Source: Ed Aurelio C. Reyes & Joydee C. Robledo, “Co-operatives and the Challenge of Synergism” in pamphlet of the same title, 2nd Edition, published by the SanibLakas Foundation – Cooperative Education on Synergism (CES) Program, Coope-rative Month 2001, p. 5. (Underscoring mine.)]”

4. ‘Silent Soul’ of Cooperativism

Without clarifying the deepest rationale, or the deepest premises of the rationale, the textual, even if very accurate, comprehension of this definition cannot suffice to give us the essence. And if it involves mobilizing many people and uniting them firmly around the operationalization of the definition, such efforts may be lackluster. Or we may fail because there are no useful indicators on desired impact that the formulators of the definition had decided only to imply. If a cooperative is unhealthy, one has only symptomatic indicators pertaining to the consequent points, including any of the Seven Principles, to look into. Symptomatic cure is not real cure, so “coop doctors” have to have more clarity on essence to guide them.

The ICA came out with an official background paper written under the leadership of the eminent Ian McPherson to expound on the consequent points of the definition, which paper also clarifies that: “This definition is intended as a minimal statement; it is not intended as a description of the ‘perfect’ cooperative. It is intentionally broad in scope, recognizing that members of the various kinds of cooperatives will be involved differently and that the members must have some freedom in how they organize their affairs.”

This paragraph just quoted explains the brevity and simplicity of the definition. It is up to the readers, the dedicated students of cooperative essence, to spot the unspoken but vital

116

Page 117: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

premises of the definition, with best efforts to be careful and responsible in doing so.

What would be unspoken premises in the ICA definition of a cooperative? First premise is that persons have their own common economic, social, and cultural needs and aspirations to meet. But those needs may be met individually/separately by the people; while some of these needs may be met individually and some others may be met collectively; they may be met more individually than jointly, or more jointly than individually.

The word “voluntary” is a very heavily-loaded word. This comes from the Latin word “voluntas” meaning “will,” and “will,” in turn, carries the matter of free and informed choice, a serious decision, and the matter of strength of character of each person involved to firmly stick by his or her own decision as any strong-willed adult should.

Among all the premises here, the deepest one is that persons would really find it prudent to decide to band together, to really band together, and to stay banded together, to meet their common needs and aspirations together because there is a value-added to be had, a magnification of capacities to be attained, in a well-managed joint effort. On the clarity and fulfillment of this promise lies the very basis of this definition, although it is left unsaid.

Many people are somewhat familiar with this magnified-capacities principle, because it works in nature, in sports, in medicine, engineering, and other human enterprises, but few know that it is called ‘synergism.’ This is the ‘silent soul of cooperativism.’ It makes it prudent for large numbers of people to decide to join really together and remain as active majority members of strong coops.

Muller defined a cooperative as “a term used where a number of people join together for a common project, because

joint effort makes possible an amount of strength greater than the sum of the individual amounts of energy.” This is the cited context of Roberto Pagdanganan for writing in his An Urgent Call for Cooperative Revolution (2002) that “cooperation is synonymous with synergy.”

Without understanding and appropriately applying this synergy, cooperatives would be poor shadows of what they are supposed to be, and unable to deliver sustainably on its basic promises, and their recruits would all be a frustrated and disillusioned lot. In that case, all there would be, and only for short stretches of time, are inactive majority members of weak cooperatives on the path to dormancy or extinction.

Before they were asked to decide whether or not they want to join a cooperative, were these members fully informed about all the options available for all who want to meet their respective individual needs (that happen to be common with the need)? Were they informed fully what advantages are there in meeting these needs together with other people, and how come these advantages are actually there in the cooperative option? In the first place, is it fully understood how this system can actually work sustainably?

If we were so much in a hurry to get more and more signatures on our membership application forms without ensur-ing the backing of some honor and firmness for those signatures, and if membership applicants were also in much hurry to secure loans without bothering to understand fully where the coope-rative’s resources should sustainably be coming from, our coop is doomed to be a very weak one, a disgrace to the real definition of “cooperative.” We cannot afford to “educate them later,” because they need to know fully the essence of the commitment of both sides before they can make an informed, free and firm decision whether or not to join our coops. That is the serious

117

Page 118: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

standard if we want to use the word “voluntary” and actually mean it.

5. Primacy of Primaries

There should be a felt primacy of primaries. Clusters of primaries, namely the secondaries, and clusters of clusters of primaries, the tertiaries, exist to serve the primaries, and to do the bidding of the primaries’ memberships. Under the basic co-operative principle of members’ democratic control, the mem-bers of any primary coop should not allow themselves to be controlled by even their very own facilitation mechanism called the Board of Directors, and no primary can be legitimately dominated by a secondary coop with which it is affiliated.

The individual cooperators who have banded together in primary cooperatives should very obviously be in control of these primaries and of all the clusters of primaries and of all the clusters of clusters of their primaries, their very own enterprise-synergizing tool. It is, after all, a synergizing tool created by the synergy of their individual personal will, choosing this commu-nity-oriented mode over other modes of pursuing successful enterprise.

6. Coops as Teachers of Synergism

With the cooperatives successfully applying the syner-gism principle, resulting in the members’ individual and shared prosperity, the cooperatives can perform the task of educating the broader population of the local and even the national community on this principle, as contemplated in this call raised by Joydee Robledo as executive director of SanibLakas Found-ation, in a talk before the 1998 General Assembly of the Visayas Cooperative Center (VICTO) in Tagbilaran City, Bohol:

“The Cooperative is the ‘cutting edge,’ achieving ‘break-through experiences’ in effecting ways and means in actualizing synergism in the broader Philippine society. As each cooperative

becomes more and more efficient and effective in responding to the needs of the times, growing successfully in numbers and strength, and reaping rewards from their achievements, the celebration can only move no other way but forward. …

“As these cooperatives go on realizing their goals and increasing their capabilities, more and more things are accom-plished along the way. The cooperatives become successful one after another. Society becomes more conscious of the roles of the cooperatives in a larger picture. This is also where economic power becomes visible and thus gives the people the opportunity to be heard, to have political power, to be properly represented, and have cultural power as well. The list of positive results may go on and on as one can imagine the ripple effect of it all.”

The coops do not just have to talk about synergism in the broader community, the cooperatives have to live synergism, they have to be living synergies, within the community, for their own empowerment and shared prosperity and society’s own.

7. Coops as Players in the Grandest of Human Synergies

As synergetic local socio-economic ecosystems, with healthy cooperatives at the core, stand up as strong building blocks of empowered socio-economic ecosystems in larger scopes of human community, human development and harmony shall advance and converge everywhere for the profound en-joyment and upliftment of Humankind. Because humans are the conscious bearers of divine awareness for the entire holarchic universe, this is the grandest of all the grand human synergies!

All contribu tions to the attainment of this, both big and small – yours, mine, ours, everyone’s – are precious components of this grand unfolding of reality!

118

Page 119: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Chapter 14:Consciousness Grids: Synergismin Continuing Human EvolutionCHARLES Darwin came out with his milestone study on the emergence and development of the various species, including the human species, through a long series of natural selection pro-cesses where certain species that mutated in forms favorable to survival pushed to extinction those that mutated in disadvan-tageous forms.

Darwin’s study proved useful to the development espe-cially of the biological sciences, putting a logical flow to the remarkable organism classification work of his predecessor by a century, Carolus Linnaeus.

1. Earlier studies, developments

Subsequent studies have, however, proved Darwin’s Theory of Evolution grossly inadequate, especially as it comes to the subject of Human Evolution. After all, Darwin’s study is limited to the biophysical bodies, and does not even touch the electrochemical and energy-fields aspects. It has fallen far short of touching what is now increasingly acknowledged as our essence as human beings—embodied Spirit, a spiritual “fingers of the Divine Hand” synergizing with a bio-energetic body to experience reality and with a bio-energetic body to experience the appreciation of the experience, the Human beings mandated

to re-member Who We Really Are after we, for the experience of the re-membering, were deliberately made to forget.

It is too much to expect Darwin of the 19th century to have come up with that. Consciousness, especially in Europe, was then very primitive when it came to spirituality, especially after powerful religious, deliberately or otherwise, misrepre-sented divisive and disempowering religious dogma and prac-tices for living spirituality.

Early Christians apparently “got it” by focusing their own lives on the essence of the Christ’s teaching, “Love one another as I have loved you,” and the Church of the Catacombs apparently lost that essence when it acquired and embraced worldly power. Still, we can say that church was merely de-toured and spun off protesting churches before it started to cor-rect many of its stances and policies, started to embrace ecu-menism, and also started to be open to inter-faith unity.

There will come a time relatively soon, when the world’s religions will be increasingly unified by basic spirituality, for the differences lie in articulations and structures made by the intellectual minds of the persons of authority in the religious organizations. To be sure, these leaders claim having been given divine inspiration in crafting these dogmas, policies and practi-ces, but just how divine the inspiration can be gleaned from the divisive effects, including self-righteous mass-killlings and cruel persecutions. Real spirituality has only one unmistakable effect – it unites people, it reminds us that in the first place, even as we are incarnated in many physical bodies, we are all one as spirit.

2. ‘Consciousness Grids’ and those experiments

Drunvalo Melchizedeck, who wrote The Ancient Secret of the Flower of Life (Vol. 1 published in 1998 by Light Technology Publishing), referred to a “planetary grid” as an eth-eric crystalline structure, with an electromagnetic component,

119

Page 120: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

that envelops the planet and holds the consciousness of any of the species of life forms. “Scientists will eventually discover,” he predicts, “that there is a grid for every single species in the world. If there are just two bugs on the planet, and they are just sitting somewhere in Iowa, they have a grid that stretches around the entire planet, or they could not exist. It is just the nature of the game.”

He says each of these grids has its own geometry and is unique; there's not another one like it. Just like the species' body is unique, its point of view of interpreting Reality is also unique.

It was Ken Keyes Jr. and Lyall Warson who wrote their respective books, The Hundredth Monkey and Lifetide: The Biology of the Unconscious, but it was from Melchizedec that I learned about a 30-year scientific research project on the Japanese monkey, Macaca fuscata. He describes the island of Koshima, Japan, as having a wild colony of moneys with scientists giving them sweet potatoes dropped in the sand. The monkeys liked the sweet potatoes, but not the sand and dirt.

Melchizedec narrates:

“An eighteen-month-old female they named Imo found she could solve the problem by washing the potatoes. She taught this trick to her mother. Her playmates also learned this new way, and they taught their mothers, too. Soon, all the young monkeys washed their sweet potatoes, but only the adults who imitated their children learned of this behavior. The scientists recorded these events between 1952 and 1958.

“Then suddenly, in the autumn of 1958, the few monkeys doing this on the island of Koshima reached a critical mass, which Dr. Watson arbitrarily placed at 100, and bingo! — almost every monkey on the island started washing its potatoes without any further influence. If it had happened only on that one island, they probably would have figured there was some

form of communication and looked for it. But simultaneously the monkeys on the surrounding islands also started washing their potatoes. Even on the mainland of Japan in Takasakiyama, the monkeys were washing their potatoes. There was no possible way these monkeys could have communicated by any way we know. It was the first time that scientists had ever observed anything like this. They postulated that there must have been some kind of morphogenic structure or field that stretched across these islands through which the monkeys were able to communicate.”

From the “Hundredth Monkey” experiment, Melchizedec proceeds to report on another experiment, this time with human subjects. He says a few years after the sweet potatoes-washing fad among monkeys in Japan, a scientific team from Australia and Britain wondered if humans possessed a grid similar to the monkeys. He continues:

“They did an experiment. They made a photograph that had hundreds of human faces in it, little ones, big ones, and faces in the eyes. Everything was made up of these faces, but when you looked at it, you could see only six or seven. It took training to see the other ones. Usually, someone had to point out where they were.

“These people took their picture to Australia and con-ducted a study there. They selected a certain number of people from a spectrum of the population, and showed each of them the picture, giving them a certain length of time to look at it. They held the photograph up to someone and said, ‘How many faces do you see in this photo?’ During the time the subjects were giv-en, they would generally come up with six, seven, eight, nine or ten faces. Few people gave more. When they had gotten a few hundred people as their basic sampling and recorded accurately what had been observed, some of the researchers went to England on the other side of the planet and showed the picture

120

Page 121: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

on a closed-cable BBC television station that broadcasts only to England. They carefully showed where all the faces were, every single face. Then a few minutes later other researchers repeated the original experiment with new subjects in Australia. Suddenly, people could easily see most of the faces.”

From that moment, he says, scientists were certain there was something about humans that had not been known. “The ab-origines in Australia had known about this ‘unknown’ part of us for a long time. They knew that there was an energy field con-necting people. Even in our society, we've observed that some-body on one side of the planet would invent something very complex at the same moment that someone on the other side of the Earth invented the same thing, with the same principles and ideas. Each inventor would say, ‘You stole it from me. It was mine. I did it first.’ This has happened many, many times, stretching back for a long time. So after this Australian expe-riment, they began to realize that something very definitely con-nects us all.”

By living his life the way He did, Jesus the Christ built a Christ-consciousness grid operating not in the realm of official dogmas, policies and practices but in deep spiritual conscious-ness. “Love God above all and your neighbor as yourself,” he said, and we paid some heed, and now, some two thousand years later, the “Christ Consciousness” is gradually sinking into our stubbornly intellectual heads. And from such a growing consciousness of everyone being part of one seamless reality, and loving increasingly consciously that Divine and Almighty Reality of Pure and Unconditional Love, and loving also increasingly consciously one another as mutual extensions of each one within that seamless reality.

3. We Have Come A Long Way

It was with a deeply-felt sense of optimistic certainty when I told the First Lambat-Liwanag Conference on Empow-ering Paradigms held at the University of Sto. Tomas about two years ago:

“The development of consciousness of the human race has come a long way from the command regimentation that stressed faith and righteous behavior (Old Testament) while downplaying comprehension and free will. We have had more than two thousand years of enhanced free will and the admonition to love one another (message of Christ), where the beginnings of comprehension (phy-sics and other natural sciences) completely sidelined spiritual faith as by then misrepresented by dogmas of divisive religions. Through this period, the use of free will was often leading to disastrous consequences of intolerance and bigotry, oppression and exploit-ation, greed and tyranny.

“And we are now gradually moving into a new period where human consciousness would really blossom in unconditional love and unconditional peace. We will fully be enjoying free will but matured enough, after centuries of experiential education, to freely choose love and synergy over alienation, separation and an-tagonism. Faith will still be there but no longer blind. Individual human dignity will be there but no longer as separative ego. Com-prehension will be there, well beyond present-day conventional physics, but intellectualization will be underpinned by love, honest humility and spiritual discernment. Righteousness will be there in each of us but based on maturity and no longer externally com-manded.

“The conscious synergy of Humankind and of all Creation will emerge, a real and embracive unity, no longer an artificial or exclusive one. That will be the real age of the full Pentecost, where a fast-increasing number of people, not just a dozen apostles, will now feel the tongues of fire lighting up their souls from within, souls that would reach out to embrace one another and draw in more and more people into their informal families.

121

Page 122: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

“You may say I’m a dreamer, but I’m not the only one. I hope someday you will join us. And the world will live as one! But you cannot say that to me in all earnestness. That was meant for the Lennon of those days, not (us) today. We have reason to declare having joined Lennon in his dream, and that more people are join-ing us, more and more people like us are joining up with the rest.”

PART FOUR: WALKING NUGGETS AND MAGNETS1. Human Gold

Humans are walking nuggets of gold. Each human per-son is a very valuable complex and really awesome synergy in itself, and as itself — body, mind and spirit — where each one of the three is itself a complex synergy.

The energy comes not only from the oxygen-burning of food stored in our flesh. The energy comes also, if not more, from the very essence of our being, the real us that we call “our souls,” orchestrating in teamwork and harmony our psychic bo-dies and their chakras and energy sources and energy channels, our synergized totality of memories, our individual and collect-ive will. The Human Holon is a very deeply profound whole.

The entire Part Two of this book – Synergies in Person Dimensions – exalts the greatness of the human being. You might want to go back to its chapters, enjoy all the reminders and realizations, the appreciative appreciations old and new, add to them, discover new ones, feel them all as realities within each of us, within you.

You are gloriously great because God is gloriously great, and the both of you is one.

2. Human Magnets

A human is a walking magnet, whose very being vibrates energy in such a manner that influences other humans, and whose thoughts, words, and deeds, especially if these three are consistent, influences tremendously. Mutual influence creates alignments in the consciousness and builds stronger and stronger bonds among us all.

“Human magnetism” is like the Earth’s own magnetic field that turns an entire mountainside into another strong magnet if the magma could only stay molten long enough before hardening. Humans therefore affect one another’s thinking not purely, not even mainly, through intellectual discourse, but very

122

Page 123: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

much by patterns of thinking and behavior that continuously ripple out strong waves of influence.

Our synergism-oriented SanibLakas Foundation is gath-ering the “magnetically-aligned” advocates of consciously applying the principle of synergism in human interactions and existence. If you agree with us that conscious application synergism deserves to be such an advocacy to counter increasing divisiveness and disempowerment in the world, you have become a consciously resonating part of this growing magnet. The alignment is all toward human unity with dynamism in diversity, ready to share all prosperity, and unmistakably embracing together an expanding (nay, exploding) we in the powerful magnetic field of magnificent l o v e , as we ponder, appreciate and perform, with open spiritual eyes, our role in the beautiful synergy that is the entire cosmos.

Although human consciousness is generally clouded by free will used in the service of the separative ego, the Human Holon is a great part, no less than a beloved child, of the Great Whole.

We are all strong magnets. And our Grander Synergies that are discussed in Part Three of this book – in nature, in society, in history, in our various communities – are all magnet systems. They can be consciously developed into much stronger magnets than they are today.

And all these magnet systems together make up the Great Cosmic Synergy, where both the Creator and the Created lovingly fuse as One from the very beginning, now and ever shall be.

3. Synergism: Path Back to Conscious Oneness

Once liberated from all illusion of separation, humans have the innate capability for consciousness to exalt most fully

this Great, Loving and Creating Synergy of All Synergies, and shine out as a part of that Glorious Whole.

But the process doesn’t resemble a picnic trek. Having been made to forget Who We Really Are, we have to actually suffer weakness, helplessness, even desperation, in the face of the many woes and difficulties in earth life, feelings of vulnerability and weakness that comes from our having forgotten how strong we really are in our oneness. Synergism is the Path back to Conscious Oneness.

Our experience of appreciation is a taste of resonation, of oneness. Our experiences in actual synergies – in teamwork for effective effort and in harmony for ecstatic beauty – offer us glaring clues about our innate mode of existence, smilingly shouting right before our ever-distracted eyes and ears:

“Go ahead! Enjoy every experience of synergy fully! Prolong it! Linger in it! Do it often! Do it all the time! Get used to it! That is what we all really is— a seamless oneness and gloriously powerful reality of love, peace and joy! Congratulations! You have experienced the re-membering!”

We may not get it this clearly very soon. But there can be no harm in starting to enjoy it more and more deeply, and more and more often.

Smile for the synergy of all our smiles, Happy and proud

To be part of it all!

123

Page 124: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

INDEX OF AUTHORS CITED:

Adams, Patch: faith and health, 122-123

Apilado, Digna Balanque: role of women in social history, 149

Baltazar, Conrado L.: “no-bad-loans” system for credit cooperatives, 180-181; inner discipline, 202-204

Bishop, Philip: simultaneously ongoing body process beyond our usual aweareness, 51-53

Borg, Bjorn: turning defeats into victories, 74

Bouvrie, Jan Des: true intimacy at tables, 96

Buscaglia, Leo F.: we make our own lives, 12; resonance among religious traditions, 101; human self-determination and connectiveness, 124-125

Butler, W.E.: auras described and explained, 59-61

Chang, Stephen: similarity of body to electrolytic battery, 52-53

Chebat, Maraya: attitude on diversity, 25

Cousens, Ken: observer’s effect on subject, 109

Covey, Sean: mechanical advantage of formation-flying, 29

Covey, Stephen R.: definition of synergy, 23; synergy of wood pieces, 30

Cruzada, Tony: vision for ‘tangkilikan’ (mutual patronage) economy, 181-183

De Melo, Anthony: self-observation, 91

De Saint-Exupéry, Antoine: heart, not eyes, seeing clearly, 79

Dornan, Jim: defeatism from conditioning, 75

Einstein, Albert: “Big Bang”, 148

Fernandez, Albina Pecson, history and ‘herstory’, 152

Fuller, F. Buckminster: description of synergy, 24; synergy in alloys, effect on society, 31; children’s synergetic memory-banking, children as rigorous scientists, 64, 79

Garcia, Mila R.: everyday synergies, many flowing into one, 25

Gonzales, Ernesto R.: description of synergism process, 24; three types of resources, 171

Gonzalez, Ibarra: description of holography, 41

Gorgonio, Luis B: synergism as journey from self to others, 25

Hampden-Turner, Charles: source of synergy, 16

Hawkings, Stephen: no repulsive force from gravity, 33

Hornedo, Florentino: present-day (“now”) and desired (“not yet”) mind sets (of Filipinos), 77-78

Jenson, Ron: life viz. living, interrelated responsibilities, 9-10

Keyes, Ken: “hundredth monkey”experiment, 218

Kiyosaki, Robert: opportunities in every problem, 73-74

Koestler, Arthur: coined “holon”, 34

Lichauco, Alejandro: basis for real rural reconstruction and industrialization, 178-179

Martinez, Manuel F.: universal value of the womb, 142; exclusions from history, 152

Maslow, Abraham: indivisibility of synergy, 24

McGill, Victor: Aristotleian, Hegelian dialectics, 66

Medina, Noemi Alindogan: feeling God talking with her, 88

Melchizedeck, Drunvalo: fusion-type nuclear reactors as power sources of the universe, 33; consciousness/planetary grids, 216; “hundredth monkey”and “hundredth human” experiments, 217-218

Mendoza, Faustino Jr.,: associative economics and ‘tangkilikan’ mutual support among enterprises, 176-177

Muller, Julius Otto: synergy-oriented definition of cooperatives, 208

Nzamujo, Godfrey: synergism in quantum context, 39-41

Pagdanganan, Roberto: description of synergy, 24, 208; culture as factor in cooperative identity, 209

Ramirez, Mina M.: definition of synergism, 24; Philippine higher education ineffective, 77; immersion in experiences, “kulandong” education, 78-79

Rand, Ayn: conceptual integrations as involuntary output of human mind from childhood, 63, 120

Redfield, James: earth life as a great school, 107-108; remembering and holding vision of collective birth intentions, 116

124

Page 125: The Human Holon-reedited-march 2009

Reyes, Surf: on overdependence on thinking, 62-63; perception viz. reality, 85-86, 102; ‘egology’ and removal of the blindfold, 95;

Robledo, Joydee C.: role of cooperatives in social education, 213; (with E.A.C. Reyes): motherhood statement on Mother’s Day, 102-103; women’s liberation benefits all, 139; two elements for applying synergism to cooperativism, 209;

Roxas, Sixto K.: Wilber’s application of holons to human dynamics, 43-45; real meaning of development, 172-175

Sheperd, Roy: physical synergism experiment, 28

Smith, Nancy: poem for gender harmony, 139-140

Solomon (King, from the Old Testament): synergy value of mutual support, 11

Swimme, Brian: evolution and material memory, 114-115; humans as self-relflection of universe, 117-118; latter generations/species as accumulations of experiences and transformations of earlier ones, 187-188

Talisayon, Serafin: disconnections and mental models, self-observation, 90, 91; feminine principle, 144-146

Tan, Joaquin: reductionist view of human body, 56-57

Toffler, Alvin: “Second Wave” effect on families, 127; “Small-Within-Big” is beauthiful, 176

Torres, Enrique D.: synergism as unifier of efforts, 24

Virkler, Henry: synergism viz. ‘non-summativity’, 39

Walsch, Neale Donald: no attachment to result of efforts, 2; awareness of awareness, 92; purpose of earth life, 108; creation of individual reality, thought-control, prayer, 123; love and freedom, 126

Walton, Bill: teamwork crucial in basketball, 26

Wilber, Ken: everything a holon, holarchies, 34; creation as emergence of new holonsm 35; refinement of holarchies, 36; preconventional and conventional moral schemes, 65; balance, instead of erasing, gender differences, 140-141; bodyminds, Big Bloom, 148; how blame-hurling insults women, 150-151

Zedra, Dan: mechanical advantage of formation-flying, 29

125